or1k: Add OpenRISC gas documentation
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
309@ifset CSKY
310
311@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
312 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
313 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
314 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
315 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
316 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
317 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
318 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
319 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
320 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
321 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
322 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
323 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
324 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
325 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
326 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
327 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
328@end ifset
252b5132 329@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target D10V options:}
332 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target D30V options:}
337 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 338@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
339@ifset EPIPHANY
340
341@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
342 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
345
346@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
347 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
348@end ifset
349@ifset HPPA
350@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
351@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
352@ifset I80386
353
354@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 355 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 356 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 359
9e32ca89
NC
360@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
361 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
362 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
363 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 364 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 365 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 366 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
367 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
368@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
369@ifset IP2K
370
371@emph{Target IP2K options:}
372 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
373@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
374@ifset M32C
375
376@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 377 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 378@end ifset
587fe2b3 379@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 380
a4fb0134
SC
381@emph{Target M32R options:}
382 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 383 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 384@end ifset
252b5132 385@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
386
387@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
388 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 389@end ifset
60bcf0fa 390@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
391
392@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 393 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
394 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
395 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 396 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
397 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
398 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
399@end ifset
400@ifset MCORE
401
402@emph{Target MCORE options:}
403 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
404 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 405@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
406@ifset METAG
407
408@emph{Target Meta options:}
409 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
410@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
411@ifset MICROBLAZE
412@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
413@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
414@end ifset
252b5132 415@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
416
417@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 418 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 419 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 420 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
422 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
423 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 424 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 425 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
426 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
427 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 429 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 430 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 431 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 433 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 434 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 435 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 436 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 437 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 438 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 439 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 440 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 441 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 442 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 443 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 444 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 445 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 446 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 447 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 448 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 449 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 450 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 451 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 452 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 453 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
454 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
455 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 456 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 457 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
458@end ifset
459@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
460
461@emph{Target MMIX options:}
462 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
463 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
464 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 465 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 466@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
467@ifset NIOSII
468
469@emph{Target Nios II options:}
470 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
471 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
472@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
473@ifset NDS32
474
475@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
476 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
477 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
478 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
479 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
480 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
481 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
482 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
483 [@b{-mb2bb}]
484@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
485@ifset OPENRISC
486@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
487@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
488@ifset PDP11
489
490@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
491 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
492 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 493 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
494@end ifset
495@ifset PJ
496
497@emph{Target picoJava options:}
498 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
499@end ifset
500@ifset PPC
501
502@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
503 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
504 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
505 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
506 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
507 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
508 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 509 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 510 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 511 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
512 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
513 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 514 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 515 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 516@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
517@ifset PRU
518
519@emph{Target PRU options:}
520 [@b{-link-relax}]
521 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
522 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
523@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
524@ifset RISCV
525
526@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
527 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
528 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
529 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
530@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
531@ifset RL78
532
533@emph{Target RL78 options:}
534 [@b{-mg10}]
535 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
536@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
537@ifset RX
538
539@emph{Target RX options:}
540 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 541 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
542 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
543 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
544 [@b{-mpid}]
545 [@b{-mrelax}]
546 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
547 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 548@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
549@ifset S390
550
551@emph{Target s390 options:}
552 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
553 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
554 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
555@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
556@ifset SCORE
557
558@emph{Target SCORE options:}
559 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
560 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
561 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
562 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
563@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
564@ifset SPARC
565
566@emph{Target SPARC options:}
567@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
568 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
569 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
570 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
571 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
572 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
573 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
574 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
575 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
576 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
577 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
578 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
579 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
580 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 581 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 582 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
583@end ifset
584@ifset TIC54X
585
586@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 587 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
588 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
589@end ifset
40b36596
JM
590@ifset TIC6X
591
592@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
593 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
594 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
595 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 596@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
597@ifset TILEGX
598
599@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 600 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
601@end ifset
602@ifset TILEPRO
603@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
604@end ifset
b6605ddd 605@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 606
b6605ddd
EB
607@emph{Target Visium options:}
608 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
609@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
610@ifset XTENSA
611
612@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
613 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
614 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
615 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
616 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
617 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 618 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 619@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
620@ifset Z80
621
622@emph{Target Z80 options:}
623 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
624 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
625 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
626 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
627 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
628 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
629 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
630@end ifset
a4fb0134 631@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 632
a4fb0134 633@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 634@end ifset
e0001a05 635
0285c67d 636@c man end
252b5132
RH
637@end smallexample
638
0285c67d
NC
639@c man begin OPTIONS
640
a4fb0134 641@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 642@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 643
83f10cb2 644@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
645Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
646
a4fb0134 647@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
648@item -ac
649omit false conditionals
650
651@item -ad
652omit debugging directives
653
83f10cb2
NC
654@item -ag
655include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
656
252b5132
RH
657@item -ah
658include high-level source
659
660@item -al
661include assembly
662
663@item -am
664include macro expansions
665
666@item -an
667omit forms processing
668
669@item -as
670include symbols
671
672@item =file
673set the name of the listing file
674@end table
675
676You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
677listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
678the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
679
caa32fe5 680@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
681Begin in alternate macro mode.
682@ifclear man
683@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
684@end ifclear
caa32fe5 685
955974c6 686@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
687Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
688ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
689linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
690given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 691
151411f8
L
692@ifset ELF
693@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
694@item --compress-debug-sections=none
695@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
696@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
697@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
698These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
699@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
700@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
701@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 702@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 703@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
704@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
705sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
706@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
707@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
708
151411f8
L
709@end ifset
710
955974c6 711@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
712Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
713targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
714override this.
955974c6 715
252b5132
RH
716@item -D
717Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
718other assemblers.
719
3d6b762c
JM
720@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
721When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
722information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
723
252b5132
RH
724@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
725Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
726@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
727indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
728value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
729use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
730
731@item -f
732``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
733compiler output).
734
329e276d
NC
735@item -g
736@itemx --gen-debug
737Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
738debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
739ECOFF or DWARF2.
740
252b5132
RH
741@item --gstabs
742Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
743may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
744
05da4302
NC
745@item --gstabs+
746Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
747extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
748debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
749may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
750the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
751
329e276d 752@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 753Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 754may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 755option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 756
b40bf0a2
NC
757@item --gdwarf-sections
758Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
759.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
760corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
761will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
762@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
763then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
764suffix.
765
b8871f35 766@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
767@item --size-check=error
768@itemx --size-check=warning
769Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
770
b8871f35
L
771@item --elf-stt-common=no
772@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
773These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
774symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
775by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
776
777@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
778@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
779These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
780attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
781The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
782configure option.
783
b8871f35
L
784@end ifset
785
252b5132 786@item --help
a05a5b64 787Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 788
ea20a7da
CC
789@item --target-help
790Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
791
252b5132
RH
792@item -I @var{dir}
793Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
794
795@item -J
796Don't warn about signed overflow.
797
798@item -K
799@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
800This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
801@end ifclear
802@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
803Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
804@end ifset
805
806@item -L
807@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
808Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
809system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
810or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
811@ifclear man
812@xref{Symbol Names}.
813@end ifclear
252b5132 814
c3a27914
NC
815@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
816Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
817listing to @var{number}.
818
819@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
820Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
821lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
822
823@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
824Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
825@var{number} bytes.
826
827@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
828Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
829to @var{number} + 1.
830
2edb36e7
NC
831@item --no-pad-sections
832Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
833of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
834which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
835
252b5132 836@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 837Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
838
839@item -R
840Fold the data section into the text section.
841
d60646b9 842@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
843Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
844@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
845assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
846memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
847requirements at the expense of speed.
848
849@item --reduce-memory-overheads
850This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
851assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
852@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
853
451133ce
NP
854@ifset ELF
855@item --sectname-subst
856Honor substitution sequences in section names.
857@ifclear man
858@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
859@end ifclear
860@end ifset
861
252b5132
RH
862@item --statistics
863Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
864assembly.
865
866@item --strip-local-absolute
867Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
868
869@item -v
870@itemx -version
a4fb0134 871Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
872
873@item --version
a4fb0134 874Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
875
876@item -W
2bdd6cf5 877@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
878Suppress warning messages.
879
2bdd6cf5
GK
880@item --fatal-warnings
881Treat warnings as errors.
882
883@item --warn
884Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
885
252b5132
RH
886@item -w
887Ignored.
888
889@item -x
890Ignored.
891
892@item -Z
893Generate an object file even after errors.
894
895@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
896Standard input, or source files to assemble.
897
898@end table
2a633939
JM
899@c man end
900
a06ea964
NC
901@ifset AARCH64
902
903@ifclear man
904@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
905for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
906@end ifclear
907
908@ifset man
909@c man begin OPTIONS
910The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
91164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
912@c man end
913@c man begin INCLUDE
914@include c-aarch64.texi
915@c ended inside the included file
916@end ifset
917
918@end ifset
919
2a633939
JM
920@ifset ALPHA
921
922@ifclear man
923@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
924for an Alpha processor.
925@end ifclear
926
927@ifset man
928@c man begin OPTIONS
929The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
930processor.
931@c man end
932@c man begin INCLUDE
933@include c-alpha.texi
934@c ended inside the included file
935@end ifset
936
937@end ifset
252b5132 938
2a633939 939@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 940@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
941The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
942processor.
252b5132 943
a4fb0134 944@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 945@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
946This option selects the core processor variant.
947@item -EB | -EL
948Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
949@item -mcode-density
950Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
951@end table
952@end ifset
953
954@ifset ARM
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
956processor family.
957
a4fb0134 958@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 959@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 960Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 961@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 962Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 963@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 964Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
965@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
966Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
967@item -mthumb
968Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 969@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
970Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
971@item -EB | -EL
972Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
973@item -mthumb-interwork
974Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
975ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
976@item -mccs
977Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
978@item -k
979Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
980@end table
981@end ifset
635fb38d 982@c man end
252b5132 983
9982501a 984@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
985
986@ifclear man
987@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
988configured for the Blackfin processor family.
989@end ifclear
990
991@ifset man
992@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
994the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
995@c man end
996@c man begin INCLUDE
997@include c-bfin.texi
998@c ended inside the included file
999@end ifset
9982501a 1000
9982501a
JZ
1001@end ifset
1002
635fb38d 1003@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1004@ifset CRIS
1005See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1006@end ifset
1007
b8891f8d
AJ
1008@ifset CSKY
1009
1010@ifclear man
1011@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1012configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1013@end ifclear
1014
1015@ifset man
1016@c man begin OPTIONS
1017The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1018the C-SKY processor family.
1019@c man end
1020@c man begin INCLUDE
1021@include c-csky.texi
1022@c ended inside the included file
1023@end ifset
1024
1025@end ifset
1026
252b5132
RH
1027@ifset D10V
1028The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1029a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1030@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1031@cindex D10V optimization
1032@cindex optimization, D10V
1033@item -O
1034Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1035@end table
1036@end ifset
1037
1038@ifset D30V
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1040processor.
a4fb0134 1041@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1042@cindex D30V optimization
1043@cindex optimization, D30V
1044@item -O
1045Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1046
1047@cindex D30V nops
1048@item -n
1049Warn when nops are generated.
1050
1051@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1052@item -N
1053Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1054@end table
1055@end ifset
731caf76
L
1056@c man end
1057
cfb8c092
NC
1058@ifset EPIPHANY
1059The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1060Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1061
56b13185
JR
1062@ifclear man
1063@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1064configured for an Epiphany processor.
1065@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1066
56b13185
JR
1067@ifset man
1068@c man begin OPTIONS
1069The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1070an Epiphany processor.
1071@c man end
1072@c man begin INCLUDE
1073@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1074@c ended inside the included file
1075@end ifset
1076
1077@end ifset
1078
1079@ifset H8300
1080
1081@ifclear man
1082@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1083for an H8/300 processor.
1084@end ifclear
1085
1086@ifset man
1087@c man begin OPTIONS
1088The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1089processor.
1090@c man end
1091@c man begin INCLUDE
1092@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1093@c ended inside the included file
1094@end ifset
cfb8c092 1095
cfb8c092
NC
1096@end ifset
1097
731caf76 1098@ifset I80386
252b5132 1099
731caf76
L
1100@ifclear man
1101@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1102configured for an i386 processor.
1103@end ifclear
1104
1105@ifset man
1106@c man begin OPTIONS
1107The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1108an i386 processor.
1109@c man end
1110@c man begin INCLUDE
1111@include c-i386.texi
1112@c ended inside the included file
1113@end ifset
1114
1115@end ifset
1116
1117@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1118@ifset IP2K
1119The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1120Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1121
1122@table @gcctabopt
1123
1124@item -mip2022ext
1125Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1126
1127@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1128Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1129just the basic IP2022 ones.
1130
1131@end table
1132@end ifset
1133
49f58d10
JB
1134@ifset M32C
1135The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1136Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1137
1138@table @gcctabopt
1139
1140@item -m32c
1141Assemble M32C instructions.
1142
1143@item -m16c
1144Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1145
c54b5932
DD
1146@item -relax
1147Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1148
1149@item -h-tick-hex
1150Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1151
49f58d10
JB
1152@end table
1153@end ifset
1154
ec694b89
NC
1155@ifset M32R
1156The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1157Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1158
a4fb0134 1159@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1160
1161@item --m32rx
1162Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1163is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1164
1165@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1166Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1167encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1168
1169@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1170Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1171encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1172
1173@end table
1174@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1175
1176@ifset M680X0
1177The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1178Motorola 68000 series.
1179
a4fb0134 1180@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1181
1182@item -l
1183Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1184
0285c67d
NC
1185@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1186@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1187@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1188Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1189is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1190
1191@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1192The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1193The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1194the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1195two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1196coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1197
1198@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1199The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1200unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1201
1202@end table
1203@end ifset
1204
36591ba1
SL
1205@ifset NIOSII
1206
1207@ifclear man
1208@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1209for an Altera Nios II processor.
1210@end ifclear
1211
1212@ifset man
1213@c man begin OPTIONS
1214The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1215Altera Nios II processor.
1216@c man end
1217@c man begin INCLUDE
1218@include c-nios2.texi
1219@c ended inside the included file
1220@end ifset
1221@end ifset
1222
e135f41b
NC
1223@ifset PDP11
1224
1225For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1226see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1227
a4fb0134 1228@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1229@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1230Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1231default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1232
1233@item -mall
1234@itemx -mall-extensions
1235Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1236
1237@item -mno-extensions
1238Disable all instruction set extensions.
1239
1240@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1241Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1242
1243@item -m@var{cpu}
1244Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1245disable all other extensions.
1246
1247@item -m@var{machine}
1248Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1249model, and disable all other extensions.
1250@end table
1251
1252@end ifset
1253
041dd5a9
ILT
1254@ifset PJ
1255The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1256a picoJava processor.
1257
a4fb0134 1258@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1259
1260@cindex PJ endianness
1261@cindex endianness, PJ
1262@cindex big endian output, PJ
1263@item -mb
1264Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1265
1266@cindex little endian output, PJ
1267@item -ml
1268Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1269
1270@end table
1271@end ifset
1272
93f11b16
DD
1273@ifset PRU
1274
1275@ifclear man
1276@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1277for a PRU processor.
1278@end ifclear
1279
1280@ifset man
1281@c man begin OPTIONS
1282The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1283PRU processor.
1284@c man end
1285@c man begin INCLUDE
1286@include c-pru.texi
1287@c ended inside the included file
1288@end ifset
1289@end ifset
1290
60bcf0fa
NC
1291@ifset M68HC11
1292The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1293Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1294
a4fb0134 1295@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1296
6927f982 1297@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1298Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1299defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1300
6927f982
NC
1301@item --xgate-ramoffset
1302Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1303XGATE address space.
1304
2f904664
SC
1305@item -mshort
1306Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1307
1308@item -mlong
01642c12 1309Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1310
1311@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1312Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1313
1314@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1315Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1316
1370e33d 1317@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1318Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1319conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1320sub routine.
1321
1370e33d
NC
1322@item -S | --short-branches
1323Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1324when the offset is out of range.
1325
1326@item --strict-direct-mode
1327Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1328when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1329
1330@item --print-insn-syntax
1331Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1332
1333@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1334Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1335
1336@item --generate-example
6927f982 1337Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1338This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1339
1340@end table
1341@end ifset
1342
252b5132 1343@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1344The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1345for the SPARC architecture:
1346
a4fb0134 1347@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1348@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1349@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1350Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1351
1352@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1353@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1354
1355@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1356UltraSPARC extensions.
1357
1358@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1359For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1360equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1361
1362@item -bump
1363Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1364@end table
1365@end ifset
1366
39bec121
TW
1367@ifset TIC54X
1368The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1369architecture.
39bec121 1370
a4fb0134 1371@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1372@item -mfar-mode
1373Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1374extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1375@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1376Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1377@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1378Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1379behaviour in the shell.
1380@end table
1381@end ifset
1382
252b5132 1383@ifset MIPS
73201331 1384@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1385The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1386a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1387
a4fb0134 1388@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1389@item -G @var{num}
1390This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1391implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1392use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1393
1394@cindex MIPS endianness
1395@cindex endianness, MIPS
1396@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1397@item -EB
1398Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1399
1400@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1401@item -EL
1402Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1403
1404@cindex MIPS ISA
1405@item -mips1
1406@itemx -mips2
1407@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1408@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1409@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1410@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1411@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1412@itemx -mips32r3
1413@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1414@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1415@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1416@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1417@itemx -mips64r3
1418@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1419@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1420Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1421@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1422alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1423@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1424@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1425@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1426@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1427MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1428Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1429MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1430
98508b2a
RS
1431@item -march=@var{cpu}
1432Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1433
1434@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1435Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1436
1437@item -mfix7000
1438@itemx -mno-fix7000
1439Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1440of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1441
a8d14a88
CM
1442@item -mfix-rm7000
1443@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1444Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1445followed by a load instruction.
1446
ecb4347a
DJ
1447@item -mdebug
1448@itemx -no-mdebug
1449Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1450section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1451
dcd410fe
RO
1452@item -mpdr
1453@itemx -mno-pdr
1454Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1455
437ee9d5
TS
1456@item -mgp32
1457@itemx -mfp32
1458The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1459flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1460all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1461and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1462
351cdf24
MF
1463@item -mgp64
1464@itemx -mfp64
1465The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1466flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1467all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1468and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1469
1470@item -mfpxx
1471The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1472this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1473which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
147432 or 64 bits wide.
1475
1476@item -modd-spreg
1477@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1478Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1479registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1480@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1481
437ee9d5
TS
1482@item -mips16
1483@itemx -no-mips16
1484Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1485@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1486turns off this option.
252b5132 1487
25499ac7
MR
1488@item -mmips16e2
1489@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1490Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1491to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1492@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1493
df58fc94
RS
1494@item -mmicromips
1495@itemx -mno-micromips
1496Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1497@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1498@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1499@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1500
e16bfa71
TS
1501@item -msmartmips
1502@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1503Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1504equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1505file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1506
1f25f5d3
CD
1507@item -mips3d
1508@itemx -no-mips3d
1509Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1510This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1511@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1512
deec1734
CD
1513@item -mdmx
1514@itemx -no-mdmx
1515Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1516This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1517@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1518
2ef2b9ae
CF
1519@item -mdsp
1520@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1521Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1522This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1523@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1524
8b082fb1
TS
1525@item -mdspr2
1526@itemx -mno-dspr2
1527Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1528This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1529This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1530@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1531
8f4f9071
MF
1532@item -mdspr3
1533@itemx -mno-dspr3
1534Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1535This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1536This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1537@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1538
56d438b1
CF
1539@item -mmsa
1540@itemx -mno-msa
1541Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1542This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1543@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1544
7d64c587
AB
1545@item -mxpa
1546@itemx -mno-xpa
1547Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1548This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1549@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1550
ef2e4d86
CF
1551@item -mmt
1552@itemx -mno-mt
1553Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1554This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1555@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1556
dec0624d
MR
1557@item -mmcu
1558@itemx -mno-mcu
1559Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1560This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1561@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1562
730c3174
SE
1563@item -mcrc
1564@itemx -mno-crc
1565Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1566Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1567@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1568
6f20c942
FS
1569@item -mginv
1570@itemx -mno-ginv
1571Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1572Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1573@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1574
8095d2f7
CX
1575@item -mloongson-mmi
1576@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1577Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1578Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1579instructions.
1580@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1581
716c08de
CX
1582@item -mloongson-cam
1583@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1584Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1585This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1586@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1587
bdc6c06e
CX
1588@item -mloongson-ext
1589@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1590Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1591This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1592@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1593
a693765e
CX
1594@item -mloongson-ext2
1595@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1596Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1597This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1598This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1599@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1600
833794fc
MR
1601@item -minsn32
1602@itemx -mno-insn32
1603Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1604microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1605instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1606the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1607option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1608start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1609selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1610
437ee9d5
TS
1611@item --construct-floats
1612@itemx --no-construct-floats
1613The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1614double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1615value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1616the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1617selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1618
3bf0dbfb
MR
1619@item --relax-branch
1620@itemx --no-relax-branch
1621The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1622branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1623out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1624
8b10b0b3
MR
1625@item -mignore-branch-isa
1626@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1627Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1628semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1629most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1630same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1631checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1632modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1633default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1634branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1635
ba92f887
MR
1636@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1637Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1638(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1639
252b5132
RH
1640@cindex emulation
1641@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1642This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1643on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1644removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1645It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1646
1647The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1648@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1649is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1650big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1651preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1652
1653@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1654@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1655the native tools.
1656
252b5132
RH
1657@item --trap
1658@itemx --no-trap
1659@itemx --break
1660@itemx --no-break
1661Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1662@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1663(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1664@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1665break exception.
63486801
L
1666
1667@item -n
a4fb0134 1668When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1669time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1670@end table
73201331 1671@c man end
252b5132
RH
1672@end ifset
1673
1674@ifset MCORE
1675The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1676an MCore processor.
1677
a4fb0134 1678@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1679@item -jsri2bsr
1680@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1681Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1682The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1683
1684@item -sifilter
1685@itemx -nosifilter
1686Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1687The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1688
1689@item -relax
1690Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1691
ec694b89
NC
1692@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1693Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1694can be assembled.
1695
1696@item -EB
1697Assemble for a big endian target.
1698
1699@item -EL
1700Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1701
1702@end table
1703@end ifset
a3c62988 1704@c man end
252b5132 1705
a3c62988
NC
1706@ifset METAG
1707
1708@ifclear man
1709@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1710for a Meta processor.
1711@end ifclear
1712
1713@ifset man
1714@c man begin OPTIONS
1715The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1716Meta processor.
1717@c man end
1718@c man begin INCLUDE
1719@include c-metag.texi
1720@c ended inside the included file
1721@end ifset
1722
1723@end ifset
1724
1725@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1726@ifset MMIX
1727See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1728@end ifset
1729
35c08157
KLC
1730@ifset NDS32
1731
1732@ifclear man
1733@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1734for a NDS32 processor.
1735@end ifclear
1736@c ended inside the included file
1737@end ifset
1738
1739@ifset man
1740@c man begin OPTIONS
1741The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1742NDS32 processor.
1743@c man end
1744@c man begin INCLUDE
1745@include c-nds32.texi
1746@c ended inside the included file
1747@end ifset
1748
635fb38d 1749@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1750@ifset PPC
1751
1752@ifclear man
1753@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1754for a PowerPC processor.
1755@end ifclear
1756
1757@ifset man
1758@c man begin OPTIONS
1759The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1760PowerPC processor.
1761@c man end
1762@c man begin INCLUDE
1763@include c-ppc.texi
1764@c ended inside the included file
1765@end ifset
1766
1767@end ifset
1768
e23eba97
NC
1769@ifset RISCV
1770
1771@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1772@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1773for a RISC-V processor.
1774@end ifclear
1775
1776@ifset man
1777@c man begin OPTIONS
1778The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1779RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1780@c man end
1781@c man begin INCLUDE
1782@include c-riscv.texi
1783@c ended inside the included file
1784@end ifset
1785
1786@end ifset
1787
635fb38d 1788@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1789@ifset RX
1790See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1791@end ifset
1792
11c19e16
MS
1793@ifset S390
1794The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1795processor family.
1796
1797@table @gcctabopt
1798@item -m31
1799@itemx -m64
1800Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1801@item -mesa
1802@item -mzarch
1803Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1804Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1805@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1806Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1807@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1808@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1809@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1810@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1811@item -mregnames
1812@itemx -mno-regnames
1813Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1814@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1815Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1816but evaluates to zero.
1817@end table
1818@end ifset
2a633939 1819@c man end
11c19e16 1820
40b36596 1821@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1822
1823@ifclear man
1824@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1825for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1826@end ifclear
1827
1828@ifset man
1829@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1830The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1831TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1832@c man end
1833@c man begin INCLUDE
1834@include c-tic6x.texi
1835@c ended inside the included file
1836@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1837
1838@end ifset
1839
aa137e4d
NC
1840@ifset TILEGX
1841
1842@ifclear man
1843@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1844for a TILE-Gx processor.
1845@end ifclear
1846
1847@ifset man
1848@c man begin OPTIONS
1849The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1850processor.
1851@c man end
1852@c man begin INCLUDE
1853@include c-tilegx.texi
1854@c ended inside the included file
1855@end ifset
1856
1857@end ifset
1858
b6605ddd
EB
1859@ifset VISIUM
1860
1861@ifclear man
1862@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1863for a Visium processor.
1864@end ifclear
1865
1866@ifset man
1867@c man begin OPTIONS
1868The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1869processor.
1870@c man end
1871@c man begin INCLUDE
1872@include c-visium.texi
1873@c ended inside the included file
1874@end ifset
1875
1876@end ifset
1877
e0001a05 1878@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1879
2d8b84ae
SA
1880@ifclear man
1881@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1882for an Xtensa processor.
1883@end ifclear
1884
1885@ifset man
1886@c man begin OPTIONS
1887The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1888Xtensa processor.
1889@c man end
1890@c man begin INCLUDE
1891@include c-xtensa.texi
1892@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1893@end ifset
1894
2d8b84ae
SA
1895@end ifset
1896
1897@c man begin OPTIONS
1898
3c9b82ba
NC
1899@ifset Z80
1900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1901a Z80 family processor.
1902@table @gcctabopt
1903@item -z80
1904Assemble for Z80 processor.
1905@item -r800
1906Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1907@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1908@itemx -Wnud
1909Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1910@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1911@itemx -Wnup
1912Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1913@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1914@itemx -Wud
1915Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1916@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1917@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1918Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1919@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1920@itemx -Fud
1921Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1922@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1923@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1924Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1925@end table
1926@end ifset
1927
0285c67d
NC
1928@c man end
1929
252b5132
RH
1930@menu
1931* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1932* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1933* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1934* Command Line:: Command Line
1935* Input Files:: Input Files
1936* Object:: Output (Object) File
1937* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1938@end menu
1939
1940@node Manual
1941@section Structure of this Manual
1942
1943@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1944This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1945@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1946notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1947@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1948
1949@ifclear GENERIC
1950We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1951configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1952@end ifclear
1953@ifset GENERIC
1954This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1955various flavors of the assembler.
1956@end ifset
1957
1958@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1959On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1960to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1961In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1962architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1963mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1964particular architecture.
1965@ifset GENERIC
1966You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1967machine architecture manual for this information.
1968@end ifset
1969@ifclear GENERIC
1970@ifset H8/300
1971For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1972Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1973Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1974@end ifset
252b5132 1975@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1976For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1977see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1978@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1979@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1980@end ifset
1981@ifset Z8000
1982For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1983@end ifset
1984@end ifclear
1985
1986@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1987@ignore
1988Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1989the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1990Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1991computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1992once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1993qualification.
1994
a4fb0134 1995@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1996human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1997computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1998@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1999@end ignore
2000
2001@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2002@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2003@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2004@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2005@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2006@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2007@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2008@c directives).
2009
2010@node GNU Assembler
2011@section The GNU Assembler
2012
0285c67d
NC
2013@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2014
a4fb0134 2015@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2016@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2017This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2018configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2019@end ifclear
2020If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2021should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2022architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2023including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2024@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2025
2026@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2027@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2028@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2029@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2030assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2031machine would assemble.
2032@ifset VAX
2033Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2034@end ifset
2035@ifset M680X0
2036@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2037@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2038This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2039assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2040incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2041@end ifset
2042
0285c67d
NC
2043@c man end
2044
a4fb0134 2045Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2046program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2047@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2048
2049@node Object Formats
2050@section Object File Formats
2051
2052@cindex object file format
2053The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2054object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2055write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2056are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2057Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2058@ifclear GENERIC
2059@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2060For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2061@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2062@end ifclear
2063@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2064@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2065On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2066SOM or ELF format object files.
2067@end ifset
2068@end ifclear
2069
2070@node Command Line
2071@section Command Line
2072
2073@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2074
a4fb0134 2075After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2076options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2077before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2078significant.
2079
2080@cindex standard input, as input file
2081@kindex --
2082@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2083explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2084
2085@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2086Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2087hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2088@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2089option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2090the letter is important. All options are optional.
2091
2092Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2093name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2094with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2095standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2096
2097@smallexample
2098@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2099@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2100@end smallexample
2101
2102@node Input Files
2103@section Input Files
2104
2105@cindex input
2106@cindex source program
2107@cindex files, input
2108We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2109describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2110be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2111doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2112
2113@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2114@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2115The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2116order specified.
2117
0285c67d 2118@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2119Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2120program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2121(The standard input is also a file.)
2122
a4fb0134 2123You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2124names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2125command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2126is taken to be an input file name.
2127
a4fb0134
SC
2128If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2129from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2130may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2131to assemble.
2132
2133Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2134in your command line.
2135
a4fb0134 2136If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2137file.
2138
0285c67d
NC
2139@c man end
2140
252b5132
RH
2141@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2142
2143@cindex input file linenumbers
2144@cindex line numbers, in input files
2145There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2146either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2147number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2148``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2149
2150@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2151to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2152
2153@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2154directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2155error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2156is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2157@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2158@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2159
2160@node Object
2161@section Output (Object) File
2162
2163@cindex object file
2164@cindex output file
2165@kindex a.out
2166@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2167Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2168your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2169is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2170You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2171object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2172reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2173directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2174possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2175
2176@cindex linker
2177@kindex ld
2178The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2179assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2180the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2181information for the debugger.
2182
2183@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2184@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2185
2186@node Errors
2187@section Error and Warning Messages
2188
0285c67d
NC
2189@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2190
a349d9dd 2191@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2192@cindex warning messages
2193@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2194@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2195file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2196runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2197that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2198grave problem that stops the assembly.
2199
0285c67d
NC
2200@c man end
2201
252b5132
RH
2202@cindex format of warning messages
2203Warning messages have the format
2204
2205@smallexample
2206file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2207@end smallexample
2208
2209@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2210@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2211(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2212(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2213@ifset GENERIC
2214(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2215@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2216have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2217in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2218intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2219
2220Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2221directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2222
2223@smallexample
2224 .file 2 "bar.c"
2225 error_assembler_source
2226 .file "foo.c"
2227 .line 30
2228 error_c_source
2229@end smallexample
2230
2231produces this output:
2232
2233@smallexample
2234 Assembler messages:
2235 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2236 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2237@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2238
2239@cindex format of error messages
2240Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2241
252b5132
RH
2242@smallexample
2243file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2244@end smallexample
72e0b254 2245
252b5132
RH
2246The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2247messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2248because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2249
2250@node Invoking
2251@chapter Command-Line Options
2252
2253@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2254This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2255versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2256for options specific
252b5132 2257@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2258to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2259@end ifclear
2260@ifset GENERIC
2261to particular machine architectures.
2262@end ifset
2263
0285c67d
NC
2264@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2265
c1253627 2266If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2267you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2268The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2269by commas. For example:
2270
2271@smallexample
2272gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2273@end smallexample
2274
2275@noindent
2276This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2277standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2278local symbols in the symbol table).
2279
2280Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2281command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2282(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2283precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2284assembler.)
2285
0285c67d
NC
2286@c man end
2287
252b5132 2288@menu
83f10cb2 2289* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2290* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2291* D:: -D for compatibility
2292* f:: -f to work faster
2293* I:: -I for .include search path
2294@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2295* K:: -K for compatibility
2296@end ifclear
2297@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2298* K:: -K for difference tables
2299@end ifset
2300
ba83aca1 2301* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2302* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2303* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2304* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2305* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2306* o:: -o to name the object file
2307* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2308* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2309* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2310* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2311* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2312* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2313@end menu
2314
2315@node a
83f10cb2 2316@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2317
2318@kindex -a
2319@kindex -ac
2320@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2321@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2322@kindex -ah
2323@kindex -al
2324@kindex -an
2325@kindex -as
2326@cindex listings, enabling
2327@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2328
2329These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2330@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2331You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2332@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2333@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2334@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2335High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2336@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2337also.
2338
83f10cb2
NC
2339Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2340information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2341
252b5132
RH
2342Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2343which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2344other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2345omitted from the listing.
2346
2347Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2348listing.
2349
2350Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2351listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2352@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2353@code{.sbttl}.
2354The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2355If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2356listing-control directives have no effect.
2357
2358The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2359@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2360
96e9638b
BW
2361Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2362because it
a05a5b64 2363is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2364is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2365directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2366stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2367memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2368
caa32fe5
NC
2369@node alternate
2370@section @option{--alternate}
2371
2372@kindex --alternate
2373Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2374
252b5132 2375@node D
a4fb0134 2376@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2377
2378@kindex -D
2379This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2380likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2381@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2382
2383@node f
a4fb0134 2384@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2385
2386@kindex -f
2387@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2388@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2389@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2390(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2391and comment preprocessing on
2392the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2393,Preprocessing}.
2394
2395@quotation
2396@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2397preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2398not work correctly.
2399@end quotation
2400
2401@node I
c1253627 2402@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2403
2404@kindex -I @var{path}
2405@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2406@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2407@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2408Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2409@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2410directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2411many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2412working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2413searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2414specified (left to right) on the command line.
2415
2416@node K
a4fb0134 2417@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2418
2419@kindex -K
2420@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2421On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2422permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2423where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2424generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2425family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2426alteration on other platforms.
2427@end ifclear
2428
2429@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2430@cindex difference tables, warning
2431@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2432@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2433form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2434You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2435is done.
2436@end ifset
2437
2438@node L
ba83aca1 2439@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2440
2441@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2442@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2443Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2444@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2445called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2446such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2447programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2448notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2449such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2450
2451This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2452in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2453@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2454
c3a27914 2455@node listing
a4fb0134 2456@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2457
a05a5b64 2458The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2459@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2460hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2461them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2462directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2463@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2464@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2465@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2466
a4fb0134 2467@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2468@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2469@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2470@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2471Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2472dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2473
2474@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2475@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2476@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2477Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2478a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2479the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2480switch is used the default is to one.
2481
2482@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2483@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2484@cindex Width of source line output
2485Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2486alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2487source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2488
2489@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2490@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2491@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2492Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2493displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2494@end table
2495
252b5132 2496@node M
a4fb0134 2497@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2498
2499@kindex -M
2500@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2501The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2502changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2503compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2504The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2505MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2506information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2507arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2508assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2509
2510The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2511depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2512file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2513individually. These are:
2514
2515@itemize @bullet
2516@item global symbols in common section
2517
2518The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2519Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2520common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2521symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2522symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2523
2524@item complex relocations
2525
2526The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2527relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2528are not support by other object file formats.
2529
2530@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2531
2532The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2533This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2534instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2535script.
2536
2537@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2538
2539The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2540name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2541
2542@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2543
2544The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2545address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2546which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2547not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2548assigned within a linker script.
2549@end itemize
2550
2551There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2552@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2553seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2554
2555@itemize @bullet
2556
2557@item EBCDIC strings
2558
2559EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2560
2561@item packed binary coded decimal
2562
2563Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2564and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2565
2566@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2567
2568The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2569
2570@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2571
2572The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2573
2574@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2575
2576The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2577@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2578relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2579these options serve no purpose.
2580
2581@item @code{OPT} list control options
2582
2583The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2584@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2585@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2586
2587@item other @code{OPT} options
2588
2589The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2590@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2591
2592@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2593
2594The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2595@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2596
2597@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2598
2599The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2600
252b5132
RH
2601@end itemize
2602
2603@node MD
c1253627 2604@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2605
2606@kindex --MD
2607@cindex dependency tracking
2608@cindex make rules
2609
a4fb0134 2610@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2611file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2612dependencies of the main source file.
2613
2614The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2615
2616This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2617
2edb36e7
NC
2618@node no-pad-sections
2619@section Output Section Padding
2620@kindex --no-pad-sections
2621@cindex output section padding
2622Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2623alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2624memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2625disable this behaviour.
2626
252b5132 2627@node o
a4fb0134 2628@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2629
2630@kindex -o
2631@cindex naming object file
2632@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2633There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2634default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2635You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2636object file a different name.
2637
a4fb0134 2638Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2639existing file of the same name.
2640
2641@node R
a4fb0134 2642@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2643
2644@kindex -R
2645@cindex data and text sections, joining
2646@cindex text and data sections, joining
2647@cindex joining text and data sections
2648@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2649@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2650data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2651the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2652section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2653your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2654appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2655
a4fb0134 2656When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2657address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2658data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2659older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2660
c1253627
NC
2661@ifset COFF-ELF
2662When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2663this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2664@samp{.data}.
2665@end ifset
2666
2667@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2668@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2669@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2670@end ifset
2671
2672@node statistics
a4fb0134 2673@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2674
2675@kindex --statistics
2676@cindex statistics, about assembly
2677@cindex time, total for assembly
2678@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2679Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2680@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2681(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2682seconds).
2683
2684@node traditional-format
c1253627 2685@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2686
2687@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2688For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2689from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2690@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2691
2692For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2693@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2694
2695@node v
a4fb0134 2696@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2697
2698@kindex -v
2699@kindex -version
2700@cindex assembler version
2701@cindex version of assembler
2702You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2703option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2704command line.
2705
2706@node W
a4fb0134 2707@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2708
a4fb0134 2709@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2710assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2711cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2712made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2713
c1253627
NC
2714@kindex -W
2715@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2716@cindex suppressing warnings
2717@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2718If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2719This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2720how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2721are still reported.
2722
c1253627 2723@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2724@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2725@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2726If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2727files that generate warnings to be in error.
2728
c1253627 2729@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2730@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2731You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2732causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2733
2734@node Z
a4fb0134 2735@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2736@cindex object file, after errors
2737@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2738After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2739some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2740@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2741option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2742writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2743errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2744
2745@node Syntax
2746@chapter Syntax
2747
2748@cindex machine-independent syntax
2749@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2750This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2751source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2752assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2753@ifclear VAX
2754assembler.
2755@end ifclear
2756@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2757assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2758@end ifset
2759
2760@menu
7c31ae13 2761* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2762* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2763* Comments:: Comments
2764* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2765* Statements:: Statements
2766* Constants:: Constants
2767@end menu
2768
2769@node Preprocessing
2770@section Preprocessing
2771
2772@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2773The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2774@itemize @bullet
2775@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2776@item
2777adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2778the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2779a single space.
2780
2781@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2782@item
2783removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2784appropriate number of newlines.
2785
2786@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2787@item
2788converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2789@end itemize
2790
2791It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2792anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2793do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2794(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2795to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2796@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2797Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2798
2799Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2800cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2801preprocessed.
2802
2803@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2804@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2805@kindex #NO_APP
2806@kindex #APP
2807If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2808@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2809Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2810specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2811text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2812@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2813@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2814and whitespace.
2815
2816@node Whitespace
2817@section Whitespace
2818
2819@cindex whitespace
2820@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2821Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2822people to read. Unless within character constants
2823(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2824as exactly one space.
2825
2826@node Comments
2827@section Comments
2828
2829@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2830There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2831cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2832
2833Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2834This means you may not nest these comments.
2835
2836@smallexample
2837/*
2838 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2839 is to use this sort of comment.
2840*/
2841
2842/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2843@end smallexample
2844
2845@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2846Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2847considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2848specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2849line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2850line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2851comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2852upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2853@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2854
2855If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2856special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2857to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2858
2859@kindex #
2860@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2861@cindex logical line numbers
2862To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2863special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2864expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2865line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2866new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2867
2868If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2869the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2870
2871@smallexample
2872 # This is an ordinary comment.
2873# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2874 # This is logical line # 36.
2875@end smallexample
2876This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2877of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2878
2879@node Symbol Intro
2880@section Symbols
2881
2882@cindex characters used in symbols
2883@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2884A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2885letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2886@samp{_.$}.
2887@end ifclear
2888@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2889@ifclear GENERIC
2890@ifset H8
2891A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2892letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2893@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2894symbol names.)
2895@end ifset
2896@end ifclear
2897@end ifset
2898@ifset GENERIC
2899On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2900are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2901@end ifset
2902No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2903There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2904are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2905beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2906of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2907
2908Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2909cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2910quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2911backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2912@cindex length of symbols
2913
2914@node Statements
2915@section Statements
2916
2917@cindex statements, structure of
2918@cindex line separator character
2919@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2920
2921A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2922@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2923specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2924target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2925The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2926preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2927exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2928
2929@cindex newline, required at file end
2930@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2931It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2932character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2933
2934An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2935
2936@cindex instructions and directives
2937@cindex directives and instructions
2938@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2939@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2940@c 13feb91.
2941A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2942key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2943symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2944symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2945directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2946a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2947assembles into a machine language instruction.
2948@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2949Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2950recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2951represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2952language.@refill
2953@end ifset
2954
2955@cindex @code{:} (label)
2956@cindex label (@code{:})
2957A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2958Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2959have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2960
2961@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2962For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2963the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2964only one label may be defined on each line.
2965@end ifset
2966
2967@smallexample
2968label: .directive followed by something
2969another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2970 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2971@end smallexample
2972
2973@node Constants
2974@section Constants
2975
2976@cindex constants
2977A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2978inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2979@smallexample
2980@group
2981.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2982.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2983.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2984.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
298595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2986@end group
2987@end smallexample
2988
2989@menu
2990* Characters:: Character Constants
2991* Numbers:: Number Constants
2992@end menu
2993
2994@node Characters
2995@subsection Character Constants
2996
2997@cindex character constants
2998@cindex constants, character
2999There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3000for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3001numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3002@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3003used in arithmetic expressions.
3004
3005@menu
3006* Strings:: Strings
3007* Chars:: Characters
3008@end menu
3009
3010@node Strings
3011@subsubsection Strings
3012
3013@cindex string constants
3014@cindex constants, string
3015A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3016double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3017into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3018a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3019one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3020@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3021(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3022escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3023
3024@cindex escape codes, character
3025@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3026@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3027@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3028@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3029@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3030@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3031@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3032@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3033@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3034@table @kbd
3035@c @item \a
3036@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3037@c
361fa3a4 3038@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3039@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3040@item \b
3041Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3042
3043@c @item \e
3044@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3045@c
361fa3a4 3046@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3047@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3048@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3049Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3050
361fa3a4 3051@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3052@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3053@item \n
3054Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3055
3056@c @item \p
3057@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3058@c
361fa3a4
NC
3059@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3060@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3061@item \r
3062Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3063
3064@c @item \s
3065@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3066@c other assemblers.
3067@c
361fa3a4 3068@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3069@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3070@item \t
3071Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3072
3073@c @item \v
3074@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3075@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3076@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3077@c
361fa3a4 3078@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3079@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3080@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3081An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3082For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3083for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3084
361fa3a4 3085@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3086@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3087@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3088A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3089lower case @code{x} works.
3090
361fa3a4 3091@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3092@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3093@item \\
3094Represents one @samp{\} character.
3095
3096@c @item \'
3097@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3098@c This is needed in single character literals
3099@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3100@c a @samp{'}.
3101@c
361fa3a4 3102@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3103@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3104@item \"
3105Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3106this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3107
3108@item \ @var{anything-else}
3109Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3110assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3111you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3112interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3113other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3114code and warns you of the fact.
3115@end table
3116
3117Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3118varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3119the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3120compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3121sequence.
3122
3123@node Chars
3124@subsubsection Characters
3125
3126@cindex single character constant
3127@cindex character, single
3128@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3129A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3130that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3131@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3132as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3133character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3134the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3135accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3136@ifclear GENERIC
3137@ifclear abnormal-separator
3138(or semicolon @samp{;})
3139@end ifclear
3140@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3141@ifset H8
3142(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3143Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3144@end ifset
3145@end ifset
3146@end ifclear
3147immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3148and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3149constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3150that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3151@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3152
3153@node Numbers
3154@subsection Number Constants
3155
3156@cindex constants, number
3157@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3158@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3159are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3160would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3161integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3162are floating point numbers, described below.
3163
3164@menu
3165* Integers:: Integers
3166* Bignums:: Bignums
3167* Flonums:: Flonums
3168@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3169@end ifclear
3170@end menu
3171
3172@node Integers
3173@subsubsection Integers
3174@cindex integers
3175@cindex constants, integer
3176
3177@cindex binary integers
3178@cindex integers, binary
3179A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3180the binary digits @samp{01}.
3181
3182@cindex octal integers
3183@cindex integers, octal
3184An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3185digits (@samp{01234567}).
3186
3187@cindex decimal integers
3188@cindex integers, decimal
3189A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3190more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3191
3192@cindex hexadecimal integers
3193@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3194A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3195more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3196
3197Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3198the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3199(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3200
3201@node Bignums
3202@subsubsection Bignums
3203
3204@cindex bignums
3205@cindex constants, bignum
3206A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3207except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3208represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3209integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3210
3211@node Flonums
3212@subsubsection Flonums
3213@cindex flonums
3214@cindex floating point numbers
3215@cindex constants, floating point
3216
3217@cindex precision, floating point
3218A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3219indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3220@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3221sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3222to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3223portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3224
3225A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3226@itemize @bullet
3227@item
3228The digit @samp{0}.
3229@ifset HPPA
3230(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3231@end ifset
3232
3233@item
a4fb0134 3234A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3235@ifset GENERIC
3236@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3237@ignore
3238@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3239(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32404.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3241@end ignore
3242
a8eb42a8 3243On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3244one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3245
3246On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3247(in upper or lower case).
3248
252b5132
RH
3249On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3250@end ifset
3251@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3252@ifset ARC
3253One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3254@end ifset
3255@ifset H8
3256One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3257@end ifset
3258@ifset HPPA
3259The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3260@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3261@end ifclear
3262
3263@item
3264An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3265
3266@item
3267An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3268
3269@item
3270An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3271or more decimal digits.
3272
3273@item
3274An optional exponent, consisting of:
3275
3276@itemize @bullet
3277@item
3278An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3279@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3280@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3281@item
3282Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3283@item
3284One or more decimal digits.
3285@end itemize
3286
3287@end itemize
3288
3289At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3290present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3291
a4fb0134 3292@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3293independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3294@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3295
252b5132
RH
3296@node Sections
3297@chapter Sections and Relocation
3298@cindex sections
3299@cindex relocation
3300
3301@menu
3302* Secs Background:: Background
3303* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3304* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3305* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3306* bss:: bss Section
3307@end menu
3308
3309@node Secs Background
3310@section Background
3311
3312Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3313``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3314For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3315
3316@cindex linker, and assembler
3317@cindex assembler, and linker
3318The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3319combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3320emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3321@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3322different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3323oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3324sections.
3325
3326@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3327addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3328units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3329within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3330run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3331the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3332the proper run-time addresses.
3333@ifset H8
7be1c489 3334For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3335@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3336ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3337@end ifset
3338
3339@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3340An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3341of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3342@dfn{bss} sections.
3343
c1253627 3344@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3345@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3346When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3347@end ifset
a4fb0134 3348@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3349using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3350If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3351or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3352@end ifset
3353
3354@ifset HPPA
3355@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3356When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3357@end ifset
a4fb0134 3358@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3359specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3360@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3361(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3362assembler directives.
3363
3364@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3365Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3366text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3367is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3368BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3369@end ifset
3370@end ifset
3371
3372Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3373data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3374
3375@ifset HPPA
3376When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3377section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3378@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3379@end ifset
3380
3381To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3382relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3383object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3384@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3385file is mentioned:
3386@itemize @bullet
3387@item
3388Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3389an address?
3390@item
3391How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3392@item
3393Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3394@display
3395(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3396@end display
3397@item
3398Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3399@end itemize
3400
3401@cindex addresses, format of
3402@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3403In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3404@display
3405(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3406@end display
3407@noindent
a4fb0134 3408Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3409nature.
3410@ifset SOM
3411(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3412symbol-relative instead.)
3413@end ifset
3414
3415In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3416@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3417
3418Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3419@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3420addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3421@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3422@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3423data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3424their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3425part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3426address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3427
3428The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3429address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3430rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3431Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3432address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3433common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3434time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3435
3436By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3437the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3438sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3439customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3440the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3441data and bss sections.
3442
3443Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3444use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3445
3446@node Ld Sections
3447@section Linker Sections
3448@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3449
3450@table @strong
3451
c1253627 3452@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3453@cindex named sections
3454@cindex sections, named
3455@item named sections
3456@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3457@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3458@cindex text section
3459@cindex data section
3460@itemx text section
3461@itemx data section
3462@end ifset
a4fb0134 3463These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3464separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3465true of another.
a8eb42a8 3466@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3467When the program is running, however, it is
3468customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3469text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3470instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3471program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3472in the data section.
c1253627 3473@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3474
3475@cindex bss section
3476@item bss section
3477This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3478is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3479each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3480out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3481bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3482those explicit zeros from object files.
3483
3484@cindex absolute section
3485@item absolute section
3486Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3487This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3488not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3489addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3490
3491@cindex undefined section
3492@item undefined section
3493This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3494the preceding sections.
3495@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3496@end table
3497
3498@cindex relocation example
3499An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3500@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3501The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3502@end ifset
3503Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3504
3505@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3506@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3507@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3508@smallexample
3509 +-----+----+--+
3510partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3511 +-----+----+--+
3512
3513 text data bss
3514 seg. seg. seg.
3515
3516 +---+---+---+
3517partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3518 +---+---+---+
3519
3520 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3521linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3522 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3523
3524 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3525@end smallexample
3526@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3527@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3528@need 5000
3529@tex
c1253627 3530\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3531\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3532\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3533\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3534
3535\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3536\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3537\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3538
3539\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3540\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3541\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3542ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3543DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3544
3545\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3546\line{0\dots\hfil}
3547
3548@end tex
3549@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3550
3551@node As Sections
3552@section Assembler Internal Sections
3553
3554@cindex internal assembler sections
3555@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3556These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3557have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3558sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3559warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3560meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3561value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3562section-relative address.
3563
3564@table @b
3565@cindex assembler internal logic error
3566@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3567An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3568bug in the assembler.
3569
3570@cindex expr (internal section)
3571@item expr section
3572The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3573symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3574it in the expr section.
3575@c FIXME item debug
3576@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3577@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3578@c FIXME item register
3579@end table
3580
3581@node Sub-Sections
3582@section Sub-Sections
3583
3584@cindex numbered subsections
3585@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3586@ifset aout
252b5132 3587Assembled bytes
c1253627 3588@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3589conventionally
3590@end ifset
3591fall into two sections: text and data.
3592@end ifset
3593You may have separate groups of
3594@ifset GENERIC
3595data in named sections
3596@end ifset
3597@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3598@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3599data in named sections
3600@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3601@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3602text or data
3603@end ifset
3604@end ifclear
3605that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3606are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3607use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3608numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3609same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3610subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3611section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3612assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3613section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3614constants being output.
3615
3616Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3617goes in subsection number zero.
3618
3619@ifset GENERIC
3620Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3621(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3622of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3623@end ifset
3624@ifclear GENERIC
3625@ifset H8
7be1c489 3626On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3627boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3628The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3629@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3630@end ifclear
3631
3632Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3633to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3634The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3635other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3636They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3637data subsections as a data section.
3638
3639To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3640into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3641@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3642@ifset COFF
252b5132 3643@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3644When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3645@end ifset
3646@ifclear GENERIC
3647You
3648@end ifclear
3649can also use an extra subsection
3650argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3651@var{expression}}.
3652@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3653@ifset ELF
3654@ifset GENERIC
3655When generating ELF output, you
3656@end ifset
3657@ifclear GENERIC
3658You
3659@end ifclear
3660can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3661to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3662@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3663@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3664(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3665is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3666begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3667@smallexample
3668.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3669.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3670.text 1
3671.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3672.data 0
3673.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3674.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3675.text 0
3676.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3677.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3678@end smallexample
3679
3680Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3681assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3682restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3683counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3684@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3685current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3686assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3687
3688@node bss
3689@section bss Section
3690
3691@cindex bss section
3692@cindex common variable storage
3693The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3694You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3695not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3696your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3697section are zeroed bytes.
3698
3699The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3700@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3701
3702The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3703another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3704
3705@ifset GENERIC
3706When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3707COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3708see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3709section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3710@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3711@end ifset
3712
3713@node Symbols
3714@chapter Symbols
3715
3716@cindex symbols
3717Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3718things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3719to debug.
3720
3721@quotation
3722@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3723@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3724the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3725@end quotation
3726
3727@menu
3728* Labels:: Labels
3729* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3730* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3731* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3732* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3733@end menu
3734
3735@node Labels
3736@section Labels
3737
3738@cindex labels
3739A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3740@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3741active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3742operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3743different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3744definitions.
3745
3746@ifset HPPA
3747On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3748colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3749a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3750provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3751@end ifset
3752
3753@node Setting Symbols
3754@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3755
3756@cindex assigning values to symbols
3757@cindex symbol values, assigning
3758A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3759by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3760(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3761directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3762equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3763@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3764
f8739b83
JZ
3765@ifset Blackfin
3766Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3767@end ifset
3768
252b5132
RH
3769@node Symbol Names
3770@section Symbol Names
3771
3772@cindex symbol names
3773@cindex names, symbol
3774@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3775Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3776machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3777noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3778string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3779particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3780@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3781@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3782@ifset H8
3783Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3784Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3785character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3786on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3787@end ifset
3788@end ifset
3789
3790Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3791than @code{Foo}.
3792
ed1fcdd1
NC
3793Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3794Local Labels. See below.
3795
7bfd842d
NC
3796Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3797multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3798@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3799currently supported.
3800
252b5132
RH
3801Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3802refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3803in a program.
3804
3805@subheading Local Symbol Names
3806
3807@cindex local symbol names
3808@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3809A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3810By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3811@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3812set of local label prefixes.
3813@ifset HPPA
3814On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3815@end ifset
3816
3817Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3818normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3819You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3820to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3821
3822@subheading Local Labels
3823
3824@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3825@cindex temporary symbol names
3826@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3827Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3828programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3829be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3830referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3831the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3832To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3833@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3834to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3835stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3836
3837There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3838too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3839the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3840defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3841definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3842noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3843implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3844
3845Here is an example:
3846
3847@smallexample
38481: branch 1f
38492: branch 1b
38501: branch 2f
38512: branch 1b
3852@end smallexample
3853
3854Which is the equivalent of:
3855
3856@smallexample
3857label_1: branch label_3
3858label_2: branch label_1
3859label_3: branch label_4
3860label_4: branch label_3
3861@end smallexample
3862
ba83aca1 3863Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3864transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3865The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3866are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3867these parts:
252b5132
RH
3868
3869@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3870@item @emph{local label prefix}
3871All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3872Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3873that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3874used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3875@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3876object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3877you may use them in debugging.
3878
2d5aaba0
NC
3879@item @var{number}
3880This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3881label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3882
2d5aaba0
NC
3883@item @kbd{C-B}
3884This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3885of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3886
3887@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3888This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3889@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3890number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3891the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3892@end table
3893
ba83aca1
BW
3894So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3895the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3896
3897@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3898@cindex dollar local symbols
3899
ed1fcdd1
NC
3900On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3901local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3902become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3903valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3904by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3905by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3906
3907Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3908except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3909@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3910
3911They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3912names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3913to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3914@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3915
3916@node Dot
3917@section The Special Dot Symbol
3918
3919@cindex dot (symbol)
3920@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3921@cindex current address
3922@cindex location counter
3923The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3924@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3925.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3926Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3927directive.
252b5132 3928@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3929Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3930@samp{.space 4}.
3931@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3932
3933@node Symbol Attributes
3934@section Symbol Attributes
3935
3936@cindex symbol attributes
3937@cindex attributes, symbol
3938Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3939``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3940attributes.
3941@ifset INTERNALS
3942The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3943@end ifset
3944
a4fb0134 3945If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3946all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3947symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3948would want.
3949
3950@menu
3951* Symbol Value:: Value
3952* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3953@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3954* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3955@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3956@ifset COFF
3957* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3958@end ifset
3959@ifset SOM
3960* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3961@end ifset
3962@end menu
3963
3964@node Symbol Value
3965@subsection Value
3966
3967@cindex value of a symbol
3968@cindex symbol value
3969The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3970location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3971number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3972Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3973as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3974symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3975called absolute.
3976
3977The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39780 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3979@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3980same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3981name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3982common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3983bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3984allocated storage.
3985
3986@node Symbol Type
3987@subsection Type
3988
3989@cindex type of a symbol
3990@cindex symbol type
3991The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3992information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3993(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3994format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3995
a8eb42a8 3996@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3997@node a.out Symbols
3998@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3999
4000@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4001@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4002
252b5132
RH
4003@menu
4004* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4005* Symbol Other:: Other
4006@end menu
4007
4008@node Symbol Desc
4009@subsubsection Descriptor
4010
4011@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4012This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4013descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4014(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4015@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4016
4017@node Symbol Other
4018@subsubsection Other
4019
4020@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4021This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4022@end ifset
4023
4024@ifset COFF
4025@node COFF Symbols
4026@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4027
4028@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4029@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4030
4031The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4032like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4033@code{.endef} directives.
4034
4035@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4036
4037@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4038The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4039respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4040
4041@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4042
4043@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4044The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4045@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4046table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4047@end ifset
4048
4049@ifset SOM
4050@node SOM Symbols
4051@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4052
4053@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4054@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4055
4056The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4057the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4058
01642c12 4059The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4060Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4061@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4062@end ifset
4063
4064@node Expressions
4065@chapter Expressions
4066
4067@cindex expressions
4068@cindex addresses
4069@cindex numeric values
4070An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4071Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4072
4073The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4074a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4075enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4076section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4077the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4078@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4079
4080@menu
4081* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4082* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4083@end menu
4084
4085@node Empty Exprs
4086@section Empty Expressions
4087
4088@cindex empty expressions
4089@cindex expressions, empty
4090An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4091Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4092expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4093is compatible with other assemblers.
4094
4095@node Integer Exprs
4096@section Integer Expressions
4097
4098@cindex integer expressions
4099@cindex expressions, integer
4100An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4101by @emph{operators}.
4102
4103@menu
4104* Arguments:: Arguments
4105* Operators:: Operators
4106* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4107* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4108@end menu
4109
4110@node Arguments
4111@subsection Arguments
4112
4113@cindex expression arguments
4114@cindex arguments in expressions
4115@cindex operands in expressions
4116@cindex arithmetic operands
4117@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4118contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4119this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4120the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4121expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4122instruction operands.
4123
4124Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4125@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4126or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4127integer.
4128
4129Numbers are usually integers.
4130
4131A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4132that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4133these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4134instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4135assemblers.
4136
4137@cindex subexpressions
4138Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4139expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4140operator followed by an argument.
4141
4142@node Operators
4143@subsection Operators
4144
4145@cindex operators, in expressions
4146@cindex arithmetic functions
4147@cindex functions, in expressions
4148@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4149operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4150between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4151whitespace.
4152
4153@node Prefix Ops
4154@subsection Prefix Operator
4155
4156@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4157@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4158one argument, which must be absolute.
4159
4160@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4161@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4162@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4163@tex
4164\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4165@end tex
4166
4167@table @code
4168@item -
4169@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4170@item ~
4171@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4172@end table
4173
4174@tex
4175\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4176@end tex
4177
4178@node Infix Ops
4179@subsection Infix Operators
4180
4181@cindex infix operators
4182@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4183@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4184have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4185to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4186absolute, and the result is absolute.
4187
4188@enumerate
4189@cindex operator precedence
4190@cindex precedence of operators
4191
4192@item
4193Highest Precedence
4194
4195@table @code
4196@item *
4197@dfn{Multiplication}.
4198
4199@item /
4200@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4201
4202@item %
4203@dfn{Remainder}.
4204
d1eac9d9 4205@item <<
252b5132
RH
4206@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4207
d1eac9d9 4208@item >>
252b5132
RH
4209@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4210@end table
4211
4212@item
4213Intermediate precedence
4214
4215@table @code
4216@item |
4217
4218@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4219
4220@item &
4221@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4222
4223@item ^
4224@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4225
4226@item !
4227@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4228@end table
4229
4230@item
b131d4dc 4231Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4232
4233@table @code
4234@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4235@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4236@cindex arguments for addition
4237@item +
4238@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4239the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4240sections.
4241
4242@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4243@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4244@cindex arguments for subtraction
4245@item -
4246@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4247result has the section of the left argument.
4248If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4249You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4250@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4251
4252@cindex comparison expressions
4253@cindex expressions, comparison
4254@item ==
4255@dfn{Is Equal To}
4256@item <>
723a8472 4257@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4258@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4259@item <
4260@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4261@item >
b131d4dc 4262@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4263@item >=
b131d4dc 4264@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4265@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4266@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4267
4268The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4269value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4270perform signed comparisons.
4271@end table
4272
4273@item Lowest Precedence
4274
4275@table @code
4276@item &&
4277@dfn{Logical And}.
4278
4279@item ||
4280@dfn{Logical Or}.
4281
4282These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4283expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4284value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4285or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4286
252b5132
RH
4287@end table
4288@end enumerate
4289
4290In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4291address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4292
4293@node Pseudo Ops
4294@chapter Assembler Directives
4295
4296@cindex directives, machine independent
4297@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4298@cindex machine independent directives
4299All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4300The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4301in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4302
4303This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4304target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4305@ifset GENERIC
4306Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4307@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4308@end ifset
4309@ifclear GENERIC
4310@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4311@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4312@end ifset
4313@end ifclear
4314
4315@menu
4316* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4317@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4318* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4319@end ifset
f0dc282c 4320
252b5132 4321* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4322* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4323* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4324* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4325* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4326* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4327* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4328* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4329* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4330* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4331* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4332* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4333* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4334@ifset COFF
4335* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4336@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4337@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4338* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4339@end ifset
4340@ifset COFF
4341* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4342@end ifset
f0dc282c 4343
252b5132
RH
4344* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4345* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4346* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4347* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4348* End:: @code{.end}
4349@ifset COFF
4350* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4351@end ifset
f0dc282c 4352
252b5132
RH
4353* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4354* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4355* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4356* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4357* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4358* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4359* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4360* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4361* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4362* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4363* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4364* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4365* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4366* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4367* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4368@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4369* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4370* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4371@end ifset
f0dc282c 4372
252b5132
RH
4373* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4374* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4375* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4376* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4377* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4378* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4379@ifset ELF
4380* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4381@end ifset
f0dc282c 4382
252b5132
RH
4383* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4384* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4385* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4386* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4387@ifclear no-line-dir
4388* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4389@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4390
252b5132
RH
4391* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4392* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4393* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4394* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4395* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4396@ifset ELF
4397* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4398@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4399
252b5132
RH
4400* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4401@ignore
4402* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4403@end ignore
f0dc282c 4404
252b5132
RH
4405* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4406* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4407* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4408* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4409* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4410* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4411* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4412* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4413* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4414@ifset ELF
4415* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4416* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4417@end ifset
f0dc282c 4418
252b5132 4419* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4420@ifset ELF
4421* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4422@end ifset
f0dc282c 4423
252b5132
RH
4424* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4425* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4426@ifset ELF
4427* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4428@end ifset
f0dc282c 4429
252b5132 4430* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4431* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4432* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4433* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4434@ifset COFF
4435* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4436@end ifset
4437@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4438* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4439@end ifset
f0dc282c 4440
252b5132
RH
4441* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4442* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4443* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4444@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4445* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4446@end ifset
884f0d36 4447@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4448* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4449@end ifclear
4450
252b5132 4451* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4452@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4453* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4454@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4455@ifset have-stabs
4456* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4457@end ifset
f0dc282c 4458
38a57ae7 4459* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4460* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4461@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4462* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4463* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4464@end ifset
f0dc282c 4465
252b5132
RH
4466@ifset COFF
4467* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4468@end ifset
f0dc282c 4469
252b5132
RH
4470* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4471* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4472@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4473* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4474@end ifset
4475
c91d2e08 4476* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4477@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4478* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4479@end ifset
f0dc282c 4480
2e13b764 4481@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4482* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4483* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4484* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4485@end ifset
f0dc282c 4486
d190d046 4487* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4488* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4489* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4490* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4491@ifclear no-space-dir
4492* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4493@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4494@ifset ELF
4495* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4496* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4497* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4498@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4499* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4500@end menu
4501
4502@node Abort
4503@section @code{.abort}
4504
4505@cindex @code{abort} directive
4506@cindex stopping the assembly
4507This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4508compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4509assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4510of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4511quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4512
4513@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4514@node ABORT (COFF)
4515@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4516
4517@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4518When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4519synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4520
252b5132
RH
4521@end ifset
4522
4523@node Align
4524@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4525
4526@cindex padding the location counter
4527@cindex @code{align} directive
4528Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4529boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4530required, as described below.
4531
4532The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4533padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4534padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4535marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4536with no-op instructions.
4537
4538The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4539it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4540directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4541specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4542fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4543required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4544with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4545
4546The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4547For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4548s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4549alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4550the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4551is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4552first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4553
9e9a9798 4554For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4555strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4556number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4557advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4558counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4559multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4560
4561This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4562native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4563GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4564described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4565architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4566
ccf8a69b
BW
4567@node Altmacro
4568@section @code{.altmacro}
4569Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4570
4571@ftable @code
4572@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4573One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4574generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4575replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4576replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4577separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4578define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4579
4580@item String delimiters
4581You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4582@code{"@var{string}"}:
4583
4584@table @code
4585@item '@var{string}'
4586You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4587
4588@item <@var{string}>
4589You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4590@end table
4591
4592@item single-character string escape
4593To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4594character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4595character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4596write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4597
4598@item Expression results as strings
4599You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4600and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4601@end ftable
4602
252b5132
RH
4603@node Ascii
4604@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4605
4606@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4607@cindex string literals
4608@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4609separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4610trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4611
4612@node Asciz
4613@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4614
4615@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4616@cindex zero-terminated strings
4617@cindex null-terminated strings
4618@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4619a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4620
4621@node Balign
4622@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4623
4624@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4625@cindex @code{balign} directive
4626Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4627storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4628alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4629the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4630is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4631
4632The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4633padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4634padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4635marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4636with no-op instructions.
4637
4638The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4639it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4640directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4641specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4642fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4643required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4644with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4645
4646@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4647@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4648The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4649@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4650pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4651fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46524,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4653filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4654the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4655undefined.
4656
fa94de6b 4657@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4658@section Bundle directives
4659@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4660@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4661@cindex bundle
4662@cindex instruction bundle
4663@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4664@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4665bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4666into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4667disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4668gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4669@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4670
4671For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4672certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4673instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4674@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4675chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4676effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4677instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4678that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4679end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4680starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4681instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4682
d3b47e2b 4683@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4684@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4685@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4686The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4687allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4688are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4689aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4690@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4691directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4692
4693@cindex bundle-locked
4694For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4695appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4696instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4697and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4698instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4699sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4700@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4701entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4702boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4703first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4704aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4705bundle size.
4706
d416e51d
RM
4707For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4708inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4709nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4710@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4711matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4712same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4713
252b5132
RH
4714@node Byte
4715@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4716
4717@cindex @code{byte} directive
4718@cindex integers, one byte
4719@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4720Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4721
54cfded0 4722@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4723@section CFI directives
4724@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4725@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4726@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4727should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4728If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4729if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4730To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4731directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4732
2f0c68f2
CM
4733On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4734by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4735
bd5608dc
NC
4736Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4737which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4738
4739The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4740arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4741generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4742redefine it will result in an error.
4743
d3b47e2b 4744@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4745@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4746@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4747should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4748data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4749@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4750
01642c12 4751Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4752it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4753
d3b47e2b 4754@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4755@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4756@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4757unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4758@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4759
d3b47e2b 4760@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4761@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4762@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4763@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4764should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4765argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4766a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4767the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4768can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4769The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4770no personality routine.
4771
2f0c68f2
CM
4772@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4773@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4774@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4775defined in a compact unwinding format.
4776Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4777with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4778
4779@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4780@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4781@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4782used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4783@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4784in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4785Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4786with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4787
d3b47e2b 4788@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4789@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4790@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4791should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4792argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4793or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4794meaning that no LSDA is present.
4795
4796@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4797@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4798switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4799Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4800Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4801with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4802
4803The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4804so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4805referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4806in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4807by a section directive.
4808
4809The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4810The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4811@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4812
d3b47e2b 4813@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4814@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4815address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4816
d3b47e2b 4817@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4818@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4819now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4820remains the same.
4821
d3b47e2b 4822@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4823@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4824remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4825absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4826CFA address.
4827
d3b47e2b 4828@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4829Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4830value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4831
d3b47e2b 4832@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4833Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4834CFA.
54cfded0 4835
084303b8
AK
4836@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4837Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4838
d3b47e2b 4839@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4840Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4841the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4842using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4843This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4844code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4845
d3b47e2b 4846@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4847Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4848
d3b47e2b 4849@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4850@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4851same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4852instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4853
d3b47e2b 4854@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4855From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4856
d3b47e2b 4857@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4858Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4859i.e. no restoration needed.
4860
48eac74c
MG
4861@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4862@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4863implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4864places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4865multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4866flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4867the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4868
4869@smallexample
4870 je label
4871 popq %rbx
4872 .cfi_restore %rbx
4873 popq %r12
4874 .cfi_restore %r12
4875 popq %rbp
4876 .cfi_restore %rbp
4877 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4878 ret
4879label:
4880 /* Do something else */
4881@end smallexample
4882
4883Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4884to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4885@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4886locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4887@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4888we can write:
4889
4890@smallexample
4891 je label
4892 popq %rbx
4893 .cfi_remember_state
4894 .cfi_restore %rbx
4895 popq %r12
4896 .cfi_restore %r12
4897 popq %rbp
4898 .cfi_restore %rbp
4899 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4900 ret
4901label:
4902 .cfi_restore_state
4903 /* Do something else */
4904@end smallexample
4905
4906That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4907as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4908@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4909
d3b47e2b 4910@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4911Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4912directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4913
d3b47e2b 4914@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4915Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4916
d3b47e2b 4917@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4918SPARC register window has been saved.
4919
d3b47e2b 4920@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4921Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4922might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4923opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4924
d3b47e2b 4925@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4926The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4927will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4928description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4929
4930The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4931limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4932mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4933by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4934or another register.
4935
ccf8a69b
BW
4936@node Comm
4937@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4938
ccf8a69b
BW
4939@cindex @code{comm} directive
4940@cindex symbol, common
4941@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4942common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4943of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4944definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4945allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4946absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4947the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4948using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4949
c1711530
DK
4950@ifset COFF-ELF
4951When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4952an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4953specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4954that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4955as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4956boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4957power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4958common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4959alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4960largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4961maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4962is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4963@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4964multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4965It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4966(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4967@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4968
ccf8a69b
BW
4969@ifset HPPA
4970The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4971@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4972@end ifset
07a53e5c 4973
252b5132
RH
4974@node Data
4975@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4976@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4977
a4fb0134 4978@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4979end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4980absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4981to zero.
4982
340d33e5
NC
4983@node Dc
4984@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4985@cindex @code{dc} directive
4986
46c685ac 4987The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4988commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4989current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4990@code{.dc} directive:
4991
4992@table @code
4993@item @samp{.a}
4994Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4995@item @samp{.b}
4996Emits 8-bit values.
4997@item @samp{.d}
4998Emits double precision floating-point values.
4999@item @samp{.l}
5000Emits 32-bit values.
5001@item @samp{.s}
5002Emits single precision floating-point values.
5003@item @samp{.w}
5004Emits 16-bit values.
5005Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
500632-bit values.
5007@item @samp{.x}
5008Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5009@end table
5010
5011If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5012
d7c79856
MR
5013The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5014point values.
340d33e5
NC
5015
5016@node Dcb
5017@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5018@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5019This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5020bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5021comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5022@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5023
5024@table @code
5025@item @samp{.b}
5026Emits single byte values.
5027@item @samp{.d}
5028Emits double-precision floating point values.
5029@item @samp{.l}
5030Emits 4-byte values.
5031@item @samp{.s}
5032Emits single-precision floating point values.
5033@item @samp{.w}
5034Emits 2-byte values.
5035@item @samp{.x}
5036Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5037@end table
5038
5039If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5040
5041The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5042point values.
5043
5044@node Ds
5045@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5046@cindex @code{ds} directive
5047This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5048bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5049comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5050@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5051
5052@table @code
5053@item @samp{.b}
5054Emits single byte values.
5055@item @samp{.d}
5056Emits 8-byte values.
5057@item @samp{.l}
5058Emits 4-byte values.
5059@item @samp{.p}
5060Emits 12-byte values.
5061@item @samp{.s}
5062Emits 4-byte values.
5063@item @samp{.w}
5064Emits 2-byte values.
5065@item @samp{.x}
5066Emits 12-byte values.
5067@end table
5068
5069Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5070suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5071
5072If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5073
d7c79856 5074The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5075
5076
252b5132
RH
5077@ifset COFF
5078@node Def
5079@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5080
5081@cindex @code{def} directive
5082@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5083@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5084Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5085definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5086@end ifset
5087
a8eb42a8 5088@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5089@node Desc
5090@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5091
5092@cindex @code{desc} directive
5093@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5094@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5095This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5096to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5097
5098@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5099The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5100configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5101object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5102it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5103@end ifset
5104@end ifset
5105
5106@ifset COFF
5107@node Dim
5108@section @code{.dim}
5109
5110@cindex @code{dim} directive
5111@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5112@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5113This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5114information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5115@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5116@end ifset
5117
5118@node Double
5119@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5120
5121@cindex @code{double} directive
5122@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5123@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5124assembles floating point numbers.
5125@ifset GENERIC
5126The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5127@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5128@end ifset
5129@ifclear GENERIC
5130@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5131On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5132in @sc{ieee} format.
5133@end ifset
5134@end ifclear
5135
5136@node Eject
5137@section @code{.eject}
5138
5139@cindex @code{eject} directive
5140@cindex new page, in listings
5141@cindex page, in listings
5142@cindex listing control: new page
5143Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5144
5145@node Else
5146@section @code{.else}
5147
5148@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5149@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5150assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5151of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5152was false.
5153
3fd9f047
TW
5154@node Elseif
5155@section @code{.elseif}
5156
5157@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5158@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5159assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5160@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5161
252b5132
RH
5162@node End
5163@section @code{.end}
5164
5165@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5166@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5167process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5168
5169@ifset COFF
5170@node Endef
5171@section @code{.endef}
5172
5173@cindex @code{endef} directive
5174This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5175@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5176@end ifset
5177
5178@node Endfunc
5179@section @code{.endfunc}
5180@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5181@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5182
5183@node Endif
5184@section @code{.endif}
5185
5186@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5187@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5188it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5189conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5190
5191@node Equ
5192@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5193
5194@cindex @code{equ} directive
5195@cindex assigning values to symbols
5196@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5197This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5198It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5199
5200@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5201The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5202@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5203@end ifset
5204
3c9b82ba 5205@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5206The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5207@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5208On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5209but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5210Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5211@end ifset
5212
252b5132
RH
5213@node Equiv
5214@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5215@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5216The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5217the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5218symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5219undefined.
252b5132 5220
01642c12 5221Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5222@smallexample
5223.ifdef SYM
5224.err
5225.endif
5226.equ SYM,VAL
5227@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5228plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5229
5230@node Eqv
5231@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5232@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5233The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5234evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5235the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5236value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5237
5238@node Err
5239@section @code{.err}
5240@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5241If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5242message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5243object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5244
d190d046
HPN
5245@node Error
5246@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5247@cindex error directive
5248
5249Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5250string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5251message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5252@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5253
5254@smallexample
5255 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5256@end smallexample
5257
252b5132
RH
5258@node Exitm
5259@section @code{.exitm}
5260Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5261
5262@node Extern
5263@section @code{.extern}
5264
5265@cindex @code{extern} directive
5266@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5267with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5268all undefined symbols as external.
5269
5270@node Fail
5271@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5272
5273@cindex @code{fail} directive
5274Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5275or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5276than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5277include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5278complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5279
252b5132 5280@node File
14082c76 5281@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5282@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5283
5284@ifclear no-file-dir
5285There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5286that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5287@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5288
5289@subheading Default Version
5290
252b5132
RH
5291@cindex logical file name
5292@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5293This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5294are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5295
5296@smallexample
5297.file @var{string}
5298@end smallexample
5299
5300@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5301recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5302to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5303statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5304old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5305
5306@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5307@end ifclear
5308
14082c76
BW
5309When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5310to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5311
5312@smallexample
5313.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5314@end smallexample
5315
5316The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5317index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5318literal.
5319
5320The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5321table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5322information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5323entries will have.
5324
252b5132
RH
5325@node Fill
5326@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5327
5328@cindex @code{fill} directive
5329@cindex writing patterns in memory
5330@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5331@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5332This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5333may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5334more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5335other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5336is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5337zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5338byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5339Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5340@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5341compatible with other people's assemblers.
5342
5343@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5344If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5345assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5346@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5347
5348@node Float
5349@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5350
5351@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5352@cindex @code{float} directive
5353This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5354has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5355@ifset GENERIC
5356The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5357@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5358@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5359@end ifset
5360@ifclear GENERIC
5361@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5362On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5363in @sc{ieee} format.
5364@end ifset
5365@end ifclear
5366
5367@node Func
5368@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5369@cindex @code{func} directive
5370@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5371is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5372Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5373@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5374prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5375@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5376All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5377The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5378
5379@node Global
5380@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5381
5382@cindex @code{global} directive
5383@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5384@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5385@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5386other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5387@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5388from another file linked into the same program.
5389
5390Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5391compatibility with other assemblers.
5392
5393@ifset HPPA
5394On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5395partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5396@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5397@end ifset
5398
c91d2e08 5399@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5400@node Gnu_attribute
5401@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5402Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5403
c91d2e08
NC
5404@node Hidden
5405@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5406
c1253627
NC
5407@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5408@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5409This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5410@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5411@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5412
5413This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5414their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5415@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5416Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5417@end ifset
5418
252b5132
RH
5419@node hword
5420@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5421
5422@cindex @code{hword} directive
5423@cindex integers, 16-bit
5424@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5425@cindex sixteen bit integers
5426This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5427a 16 bit number for each.
5428
5429@ifset GENERIC
5430This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5431architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5432@end ifset
5433@ifclear GENERIC
5434@ifset W32
5435This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5436@end ifset
5437@ifset W16
5438This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5439@end ifset
5440@end ifclear
5441
5442@node Ident
5443@section @code{.ident}
5444
5445@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5446
5447This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5448behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5449a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5450source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5451for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5452@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5453emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5454
5455@node If
5456@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5457
5458@cindex conditional assembly
5459@cindex @code{if} directive
5460@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5461considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5462(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5463the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5464(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5465alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5466If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5467nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5468
5469The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5470@table @code
5471@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5472@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5473Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5474has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5475is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5476
26aca5f6
JB
5477@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5478@item .ifb @var{text}
5479Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5480
252b5132
RH
5481@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5482@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5483Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5484strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5485the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5486end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5487string comparison is case sensitive.
5488
5489@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5490@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5491Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5492
5493@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5494@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5495Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5496
5497@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5498@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5499Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5500equal to zero.
5501
5502@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5503@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5504Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5505
5506@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5507@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5508Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5509to zero.
5510
5511@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5512@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5513Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5514
26aca5f6
JB
5515@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5516@item .ifnb @var{text}
5517Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5518following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5519
252b5132
RH
5520@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5521@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5522Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5523following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5524
5525@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5526@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5527@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5528@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5529Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5530has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5531which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5532
5533@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5534@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5535Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5536(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5537
5538@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5539@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5540Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5541following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5542@end table
5543
7e005732
NC
5544@node Incbin
5545@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5546
5547@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5548@cindex binary files, including
5549The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5550location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5551option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5552around @var{file}.
5553
5554The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5555@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5556read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5557responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5558after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5559
252b5132
RH
5560@node Include
5561@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5562
5563@cindex @code{include} directive
5564@cindex supporting files, including
5565@cindex files, including
5566This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5567points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5568if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5569included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5570can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5571(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5572around @var{file}.
5573
5574@node Int
5575@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5576
5577@cindex @code{int} directive
5578@cindex integers, 32-bit
5579Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5580For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5581expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5582of target the assembly is for.
5583
5584@ifclear GENERIC
5585@ifset H8
7be1c489 5586On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5587integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
558832-bit integers.
5589@end ifset
5590@end ifclear
5591
c91d2e08
NC
5592@ifset ELF
5593@node Internal
5594@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5595
c1253627
NC
5596@cindex @code{internal} directive
5597@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5598This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5599@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5600@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5601
5602This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5603their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5604@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5605(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5606processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5607@end ifset
5608
252b5132
RH
5609@node Irp
5610@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5611
5612@cindex @code{irp} directive
5613Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5614The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5615terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5616set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5617@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5618@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5619sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5620
5621For example, assembling
5622
5623@example
5624 .irp param,1,2,3
5625 move d\param,sp@@-
5626 .endr
5627@end example
5628
5629is equivalent to assembling
5630
5631@example
5632 move d1,sp@@-
5633 move d2,sp@@-
5634 move d3,sp@@-
5635@end example
5636
96e9638b 5637For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5638
252b5132
RH
5639@node Irpc
5640@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5641
5642@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5643Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5644The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5645terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5646@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5647assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5648assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5649@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5650
5651For example, assembling
5652
5653@example
5654 .irpc param,123
5655 move d\param,sp@@-
5656 .endr
5657@end example
5658
5659is equivalent to assembling
5660
5661@example
5662 move d1,sp@@-
5663 move d2,sp@@-
5664 move d3,sp@@-
5665@end example
5666
5e75c3ab
JB
5667For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5668at @xref{Macro}.
5669
252b5132
RH
5670@node Lcomm
5671@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5672
5673@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5674@cindex local common symbols
5675@cindex symbols, local common
5676Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5677denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5678those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5679section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5680is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5681not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5682
5683@ifset GENERIC
5684Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5685argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5686@end ifset
5687
5688@ifset HPPA
5689The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5690@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5691@end ifset
5692
5693@node Lflags
5694@section @code{.lflags}
5695
5696@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5697@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5698assemblers, but ignores it.
5699
5700@ifclear no-line-dir
5701@node Line
5702@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5703
5704@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5705@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5706@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5707Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5708expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5709statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5710reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5711@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5712for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5713@end ifset
5714
252b5132 5715Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5716@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5717when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5718were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5719@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5720
5721Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5722used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5723debugging.
5724@end ifclear
5725
5726@node Linkonce
5727@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5728@cindex COMDAT
5729@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5730@cindex common sections
5731Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5732This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5733but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5734The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5735Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5736unique.
5737
5738This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5739writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5740Executable format used on Windows NT.
5741
5742The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5743following strings. For example:
5744@smallexample
5745.linkonce same_size
5746@end smallexample
5747Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5748
5749@table @code
5750@item discard
5751Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5752
5753@item one_only
5754Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5755
5756@item same_size
5757Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5758
5759@item same_contents
5760Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5761@end table
5762
ccf8a69b
BW
5763@node List
5764@section @code{.list}
5765
5766@cindex @code{list} directive
5767@cindex listing control, turning on
5768Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5769not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5770internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5771counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5772generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5773
5774By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5775@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5776the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5777
252b5132
RH
5778@node Ln
5779@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5780
5781@cindex @code{ln} directive
5782@ifclear no-line-dir
5783@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5784@end ifclear
5785@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5786Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5787must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5788line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5789statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5790line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5791@end ifset
5792
ccf8a69b
BW
5793@node Loc
5794@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5795@cindex @code{loc} directive
5796When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5797the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5798number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5799instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5800arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5801the row is added.
252b5132 5802
ccf8a69b
BW
5803The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5804
5805@table @code
5806@item basic_block
5807This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5808@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5809
5810@item prologue_end
5811This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5812@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5813
5814@item epilogue_begin
5815This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5816@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5817
5818@item is_stmt @var{value}
5819This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5820@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5821either 0 or 1.
5822
5823@item isa @var{value}
5824This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5825state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5826
92846e72
CC
5827@item discriminator @var{value}
5828This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5829state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5830
ba8826a8
AO
5831@item view @var{value}
5832This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5833current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5834instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5835@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5836@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5837directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5838@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5839that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5840location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5841the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5842@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5843
ccf8a69b
BW
5844@end table
5845
5846@node Loc_mark_labels
5847@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5848@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5849When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5850the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5851to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5852register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5853The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5854this function respectively.
252b5132 5855
4d4175af
BW
5856@ifset ELF
5857@node Local
5858@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5859
5860@cindex @code{local} directive
5861This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5862the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5863will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5864they will be created.
5865
5866For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5867accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5868the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5869(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5870@end ifset
5871
252b5132
RH
5872@node Long
5873@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5874
5875@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5876@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5877
5878@ignore
5879@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5880@c what it really ought to do
5881@node Lsym
5882@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5883
5884@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5885@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5886@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5887the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5888rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5889the same as the expression value:
5890@smallexample
5891@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5892@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5893@var{value} = @var{expression}
5894@end smallexample
5895@noindent
5896The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5897@end ignore
5898
5899@node Macro
5900@section @code{.macro}
5901
5902@cindex macros
5903The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5904generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5905@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5906
5907@example
5908 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5909 .long \from
5910 .if \to-\from
5911 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5912 .endif
5913 .endm
5914@end example
5915
5916@noindent
5917With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5918
5919@example
5920 .long 0
5921 .long 1
5922 .long 2
5923 .long 3
5924 .long 4
5925 .long 5
5926@end example
5927
5928@ftable @code
5929@item .macro @var{macname}
5930@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5931@cindex @code{macro} directive
5932Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5933definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5934separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5935indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5936@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5937(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5938macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5939cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5940subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5941definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5942
5943@table @code
5944@item .macro comm
5945Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5946arguments.
5947
6258339f 5948@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5949@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5950Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5951which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5952@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5953
5954@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5955Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5956arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5957After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5958@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5959@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5960,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5961@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5962
6eaeac8a
JB
5963@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5964Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5965arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5966not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5967will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5968
252b5132
RH
5969When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5970position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5971@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5972
6258339f
NC
5973@end table
5974
5e75c3ab
JB
5975Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5976as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5977occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5978characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5979(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5980architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5981character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5982replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5983construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5984identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5985this macro definition:
5986
5987@example
5988 .macro label l
5989\l:
5990 .endm
5991@end example
5992
5993might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5994called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5995assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5996identifier.
5997
5998Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5999which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6000for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6001length specifier like this:
6002
6003@example
6004 .macro opcode base length
6005 \base.\length
6006 .endm
6007@end example
6008
6009and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6010instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6011interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6012
6013There are several possible ways around this problem:
6014
6015@table @code
6016@item Insert white space
6017If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6018solution. eg:
6019
6020@example
6021 .macro label l
6022\l :
6023 .endm
6024@end example
6025
6026@item Use @samp{\()}
6027The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6028the following text. eg:
6029
6030@example
6031 .macro opcode base length
6032 \base\().\length
6033 .endm
6034@end example
6035
6036@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6037In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6038used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6039
6040@example
6041 .altmacro
6042 .macro label l
6043l&:
6044 .endm
6045@end example
6258339f 6046@end table
5e75c3ab 6047
96e9638b 6048Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6049also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6050and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6051
252b5132
RH
6052@item .endm
6053@cindex @code{endm} directive
6054Mark the end of a macro definition.
6055
6056@item .exitm
6057@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6058Exit early from the current macro definition.
6059
6060@cindex number of macros executed
6061@cindex macros, count executed
6062@item \@@
a4fb0134 6063@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6064executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6065output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6066
252b5132
RH
6067@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6068@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6069macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6070@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6071@end ftable
252b5132 6072
ccf8a69b
BW
6073@node MRI
6074@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6075
ccf8a69b
BW
6076@cindex @code{mri} directive
6077@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6078If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6079@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6080affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6081of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6082
caa32fe5
NC
6083@node Noaltmacro
6084@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6085Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6086
252b5132
RH
6087@node Nolist
6088@section @code{.nolist}
6089
6090@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6091@cindex listing control, turning off
6092Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6093not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6094internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6095counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6096generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6097
8f065d3b
L
6098@node Nops
6099@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6100
8f065d3b 6101@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6102@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6103This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6104@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6105@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6106the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6107zero.
6108
6109Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6110the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6111are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6112older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6113tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6114instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6115
252b5132
RH
6116@node Octa
6117@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6118
a8eb42a8 6119@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6120@cindex @code{octa} directive
6121@cindex integer, 16-byte
6122@cindex sixteen byte integer
6123This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6124bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6125
6126The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6127hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6128
9aec2026
NC
6129@node Offset
6130@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6131
6132@cindex @code{offset} directive
6133Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6134be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6135symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6136directive.
9aec2026 6137
252b5132
RH
6138@node Org
6139@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6140
6141@cindex @code{org} directive
6142@cindex location counter, advancing
6143@cindex advancing location counter
6144@cindex current address, advancing
6145Advance the location counter of the current section to
6146@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6147expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6148you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6149wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6150with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6151@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6152is the same as the current subsection.
6153
6154@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6155unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6156backwards.
6157
6158@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6159@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6160@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6161Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6162may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6163a chance to share your improved assembler.
6164
6165Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6166to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6167people's assemblers.
6168
6169When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6170intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6171absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6172@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6173
6174@node P2align
6175@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6176
6177@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6178@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6179Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6180storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6181number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6182advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6183counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6184multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6185
6186The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6187padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6188padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6189marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6190with no-op instructions.
6191
6192The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6193it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6194directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6195specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6196fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6197required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6198with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6199
6200@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6201@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6202The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6203@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6204pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6205fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62062,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6207filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6208the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6209undefined.
6210
ccf8a69b
BW
6211@ifset ELF
6212@node PopSection
6213@section @code{.popsection}
6214
6215@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6216@cindex Section Stack
6217This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6218@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6219@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6220(@pxref{Previous}).
6221
6222This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6223section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6224stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6225@end ifset
6226
c91d2e08
NC
6227@ifset ELF
6228@node Previous
6229@section @code{.previous}
6230
c1253627 6231@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6232@cindex Section Stack
6233This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6234@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6235@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6236(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6237
6238This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6239referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6240@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6241subsections). For example:
6242
6243@smallexample
6244.section A
6245 .subsection 1
6246 .word 0x1234
6247 .subsection 2
6248 .word 0x5678
6249.previous
6250 .word 0x9abc
6251@end smallexample
6252
6253Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6254section A. Whilst:
6255
6256@smallexample
6257.section A
6258.subsection 1
6259 # Now in section A subsection 1
6260 .word 0x1234
6261.section B
6262.subsection 0
6263 # Now in section B subsection 0
6264 .word 0x5678
6265.subsection 1
6266 # Now in section B subsection 1
6267 .word 0x9abc
6268.previous
6269 # Now in section B subsection 0
6270 .word 0xdef0
6271@end smallexample
6272
6273Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6274section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6275
6276In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6277the top section on the section stack.
6278@end ifset
6279
252b5132
RH
6280@node Print
6281@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6282
6283@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6284@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6285assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6286
c91d2e08
NC
6287@ifset ELF
6288@node Protected
6289@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6290
c1253627
NC
6291@cindex @code{protected} directive
6292@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6293This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6294@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6295
6296This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6297their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6298@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6299components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6300component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6301this.
c91d2e08
NC
6302@end ifset
6303
252b5132
RH
6304@node Psize
6305@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6306
6307@cindex @code{psize} directive
6308@cindex listing control: paper size
6309@cindex paper size, for listings
6310Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6311number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6312
6313If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6314of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6315default width is 200 columns.
6316
a4fb0134 6317@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6318lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6319@code{.eject}).
6320
6321If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6322those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6323
6324@node Purgem
6325@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6326
6327@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6328Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6329expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6330
c91d2e08
NC
6331@ifset ELF
6332@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6333@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6334
c1253627 6335@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6336@cindex Section Stack
6337This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6338@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6339@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6340(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6341
e9863d7f
DJ
6342This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6343top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6344subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6345@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6346as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6347@end ifset
6348
252b5132
RH
6349@node Quad
6350@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6351
6352@cindex @code{quad} directive
6353@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6354each bignum, it emits
6355@ifclear bignum-16
6356an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6357warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6358@cindex eight-byte integer
6359@cindex integer, 8-byte
6360
6361The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6362hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6363@end ifclear
6364@ifset bignum-16
6365a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6366warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6367@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6368@cindex integer, 16-byte
6369@end ifset
6370
05e9452c
AM
6371@node Reloc
6372@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6373
6374@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6375Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6376@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6377the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6378symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6379@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6380absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6381targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6382relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6383section.
6384
252b5132
RH
6385@node Rept
6386@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6387
6388@cindex @code{rept} directive
6389Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6390@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6391
6392For example, assembling
6393
6394@example
6395 .rept 3
6396 .long 0
6397 .endr
6398@end example
6399
6400is equivalent to assembling
6401
6402@example
6403 .long 0
6404 .long 0
6405 .long 0
6406@end example
6407
808811a3
NC
6408A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6409allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6410
252b5132
RH
6411@node Sbttl
6412@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6413
6414@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6415@cindex subtitles for listings
6416@cindex listing control: subtitle
6417Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6418title line) when generating assembly listings.
6419
6420This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6421it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6422
6423@ifset COFF
6424@node Scl
6425@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6426
6427@cindex @code{scl} directive
6428@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6429@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6430Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6431used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6432whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6433symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6434@end ifset
6435
c1253627 6436@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6437@node Section
c1253627 6438@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6439
252b5132
RH
6440@cindex named section
6441Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6442named @var{name}.
6443
6444This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6445named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6446with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6447
c1253627
NC
6448@ifset COFF
6449@ifset ELF
6450@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6451@subheading COFF Version
6452@end ifset
6453
6454@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6455For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6456ways:
c91d2e08 6457
252b5132
RH
6458@smallexample
6459.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6460.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6461@end smallexample
6462
6463If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6464section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6465
252b5132
RH
6466@table @code
6467@item b
6468bss section (uninitialized data)
6469@item n
6470section is not loaded
6471@item w
6472writable section
6473@item d
6474data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6475@item e
6476exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6477@item r
6478read-only section
6479@item x
6480executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6481@item s
6482shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6483@item a
6484ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6485@item y
6486section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6487@item 0-9
6488single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6489@end table
6490
6491If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6492the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6493loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6494from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6495will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6496
6497If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6498taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6499@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6500
6501@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6502@ifset COFF
6503@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6504@subheading ELF Version
6505@end ifset
6506
c91d2e08
NC
6507@cindex Section Stack
6508This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6509@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6510(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6511@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6512
c1253627 6513@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6514For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6515
252b5132 6516@smallexample
7047dd1e 6517.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6518@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6519
451133ce
NP
6520@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6521@kindex --sectname-subst
6522@cindex section name substitution
6523If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6524argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6525at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6526
6527@smallexample
6528.macro exception_code
6529.section %S.exception
6530[exception code here]
6531.previous
6532.endm
6533
6534.text
6535[code]
6536exception_code
6537[...]
6538
6539.section .init
6540[init code]
6541exception_code
6542[...]
6543@end smallexample
6544
6545The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6546@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6547This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6548tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6549need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6550macros just for that purpose.
6551
252b5132 6552The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6553combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6554
252b5132
RH
6555@table @code
6556@item a
6557section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6558@item d
6559section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6560@item e
6561section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6562@item w
6563section is writable
6564@item x
6565section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6566@item M
6567section is mergeable
6568@item S
6569section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6570@item G
6571section is a member of a section group
6572@item T
6573section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6574@item ?
6575section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6576@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6577a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6578field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6579also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6580resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6581@item @code{<target specific>}
6582some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6583@end table
6584
9fb71ee4
NC
6585Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6586a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6587flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6588@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6589(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6590section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6591
252b5132 6592The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6593
252b5132
RH
6594@table @code
6595@item @@progbits
6596section contains data
6597@item @@nobits
6598section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6599@item @@note
6600section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6601@item @@init_array
6602section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6603@item @@fini_array
6604section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6605@item @@preinit_array
6606section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6607@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6608a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6609@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6610some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6611@end table
6612
9fb71ee4
NC
6613Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6614enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6615
ececec60
NC
6616Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6617ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6618@code{%} character.
6619
9fb71ee4
NC
6620Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6621special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6622type will generate an error from the assembler.
6623
22fe14ad 6624If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6625be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6626
6627@smallexample
6628.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6629@end smallexample
6630
6631Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6632constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6633@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6634@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6635the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6636absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6637which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6638@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6639@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6640
6641If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6642be present along with an additional field like this:
6643
6644@smallexample
6645.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6646@end smallexample
6647
6648The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6649particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6650
22fe14ad
NC
6651@table @code
6652@item comdat
6653indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6654@item .gnu.linkonce
6655an alias for comdat
6656@end table
6657
96e9638b 6658Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6659the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6660
6661@smallexample
6662.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6663@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6664
01642c12
RM
6665If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6666@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6667present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6668this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6669@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6670If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6671
252b5132
RH
6672If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6673the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6674none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6675executable. The section will contain data.
6676
6677For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6678directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6679
252b5132
RH
6680@smallexample
6681.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6682@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6683
252b5132
RH
6684Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6685separated flags:
eda683bb 6686
252b5132
RH
6687@table @code
6688@item #alloc
6689section is allocatable
6690@item #write
6691section is writable
6692@item #execinstr
6693section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6694@item #exclude
6695section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6696@item #tls
6697section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6698@end table
c91d2e08 6699
e9863d7f
DJ
6700This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6701contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6702some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6703work.
c1253627
NC
6704@end ifset
6705@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6706
6707@node Set
6708@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6709
6710@cindex @code{set} directive
6711@cindex symbol value, setting
6712Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6713changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6714@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6715flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6716
5d239759
NC
6717You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6718values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6719involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6720being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6721addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6722final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6723the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6724different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6725
6726If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6727file is the last value stored into it.
6728
3c9b82ba
NC
6729@ifset Z80
6730On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6731@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6732@end ifset
6733
252b5132
RH
6734@node Short
6735@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6736
6737@cindex @code{short} directive
6738@ifset GENERIC
6739@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6740@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6741
6742In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6743numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6744@end ifset
6745@ifclear GENERIC
6746@ifset W16
6747@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6748@end ifset
6749@ifset W32
6750This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6751a 16 bit number for each.
6752@end ifset
6753@end ifclear
6754
6755@node Single
6756@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6757
6758@cindex @code{single} directive
6759@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6760This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6761has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6762@ifset GENERIC
6763The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6764@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6765@end ifset
6766@ifclear GENERIC
6767@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6768On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6769numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6770@end ifset
6771@end ifclear
6772
c1253627 6773@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6774@node Size
c1253627 6775@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6776
c1253627
NC
6777This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6778
6779@ifset COFF
6780@ifset ELF
6781@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6782@subheading COFF Version
6783@end ifset
6784
6785@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6786For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6787@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6788
6789@smallexample
6790.size @var{expression}
6791@end smallexample
252b5132 6792
c1253627 6793@end ifset
c91d2e08 6794
c1253627
NC
6795@ifset ELF
6796@ifset COFF
6797@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6798@subheading ELF Version
6799@end ifset
6800
6801@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6802For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6803
c1253627
NC
6804@smallexample
6805.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6806@end smallexample
6807
6808This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6809The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6810arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6811symbols.
c1253627
NC
6812@end ifset
6813@end ifset
252b5132 6814
252b5132
RH
6815@ifclear no-space-dir
6816@node Skip
340d33e5 6817@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6818
6819@cindex @code{skip} directive
6820@cindex filling memory
6821This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6822@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6823@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6824@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6825@end ifclear
252b5132 6826
ccf8a69b
BW
6827@node Sleb128
6828@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6829
6830@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6831@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6832compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6833symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6834
884f0d36 6835@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6836@node Space
340d33e5 6837@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6838
6839@cindex @code{space} directive
6840@cindex filling memory
6841This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6842@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6843and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6844as @samp{.skip}.
6845
6846@ifset HPPA
6847@quotation
6848@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6849targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6850Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6851@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6852for a summary.
6853@end quotation
6854@end ifset
6855@end ifclear
6856
252b5132
RH
6857@ifset have-stabs
6858@node Stab
6859@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6860
6861@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6862@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6863There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6864All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6865The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6866cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6867Up to five fields are required:
6868
6869@table @var
6870@item string
6871This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6872@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6873debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6874using this field.
6875
6876@item type
6877An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6878this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6879and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6880
6881@item other
6882An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6883low 8 bits of this expression.
6884
6885@item desc
6886An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6887bits of this expression.
6888
6889@item value
6890An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6891@end table
6892
6893If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6894or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6895you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6896compatible with earlier assemblers!
6897
6898@table @code
6899@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6900@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6901
6902The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6903It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6904null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6905strings.
6906
6907The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6908relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6909is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6910assembled.
6911
6912@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6913@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6914The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6915
6916@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6917@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6918All five fields are specified.
6919@end table
6920@end ifset
6921@c end have-stabs
6922
6923@node String
38a57ae7 6924@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6925"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6926
6927@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6928@cindex string8, copying to object file
6929@cindex string16, copying to object file
6930@cindex string32, copying to object file
6931@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6932@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6933@cindex @code{string8} directive
6934@cindex @code{string16} directive
6935@cindex @code{string32} directive
6936@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6937
6938Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6939one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6940particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6941You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6942
01642c12 6943The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6944the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6945copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6946are stored in target endianness byte order.
6947
6948Example:
6949@smallexample
6950 .string32 "BYE"
6951expands to:
6952 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6953 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6954@end smallexample
6955
6956
252b5132
RH
6957@node Struct
6958@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6959
6960@cindex @code{struct} directive
6961Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6962which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6963@smallexample
6964 .struct 0
6965field1:
6966 .struct field1 + 4
6967field2:
6968 .struct field2 + 4
6969field3:
6970@end smallexample
6971This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6972@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6973value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6974use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6975before further assembly.
6976
c91d2e08
NC
6977@ifset ELF
6978@node SubSection
6979@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6980
c1253627 6981@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6982@cindex Section Stack
6983This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6984@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6985@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6986(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6987
6988This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6989section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6990in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6991@end ifset
6992
252b5132
RH
6993@ifset ELF
6994@node Symver
6995@section @code{.symver}
6996@cindex @code{symver} directive
6997@cindex symbol versioning
6998@cindex versions of symbols
6999Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7000within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7001typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7002There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7003into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7004shared library.
7005
79082ff0 7006For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7007@smallexample
7008.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7009@end smallexample
339681c0 7010If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7011being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7012alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7013just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7014permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7015of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7016itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7017have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7018file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7019function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7020the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7021building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7022symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7023nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7024
7025If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7026references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7027reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7028symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7029
7030Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7031@smallexample
7032.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7033@end smallexample
7034In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7035the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7036difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7037references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7038
7039The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7040@smallexample
7041.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7042@end smallexample
7043When @var{name} is not defined within the
7044file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7045@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7046name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7047@end ifset
7048
7049@ifset COFF
7050@node Tag
7051@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7052
7053@cindex COFF structure debugging
7054@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7055@cindex @code{tag} directive
7056This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7057information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7058@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7059definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7060@end ifset
7061
7062@node Text
7063@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7064
7065@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7066Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7067the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7068expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7069is used.
7070
7071@node Title
7072@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7073
7074@cindex @code{title} directive
7075@cindex listing control: title line
7076Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7077source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7078
7079This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7080it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7081
c1253627 7082@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7083@node Type
c1253627
NC
7084@section @code{.type}
7085
7086This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7087
7088@ifset COFF
7089@ifset ELF
7090@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7091@subheading COFF Version
7092@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7093
7094@cindex COFF symbol type
7095@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7096@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7097For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7098@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7099
7100@smallexample
7101.type @var{int}
7102@end smallexample
7103
7104This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7105entry.
252b5132 7106
c1253627 7107@end ifset
c91d2e08 7108
c1253627
NC
7109@ifset ELF
7110@ifset COFF
7111@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7112@subheading ELF Version
7113@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7114
7115@cindex ELF symbol type
7116@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7117@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7118For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7119
7120@smallexample
7121.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7122@end smallexample
7123
7124This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7125function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7126supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7127compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7128
7129Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7130@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7131below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7132the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7133maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7134assemblers.
7135
7136The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7137
7138@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7139 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7140 .type <name>,#<type>
7141 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7142 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7143 .type <name>,"<type>"
7144@end smallexample
7145
7146The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7147
5671778d
NC
7148@table @gcctabopt
7149@item STT_FUNC
7150@itemx function
7151Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7152
d8045f23
NC
7153@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7154@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7155Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7156processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7157
5671778d
NC
7158@item STT_OBJECT
7159@itemx object
7160Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7161
7162@item STT_TLS
7163@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7164Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7165
7166@item STT_COMMON
7167@itemx common
7168Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7169
7170@item STT_NOTYPE
7171@itemx notype
7172Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7173
3e7a7d11
NC
7174@item gnu_unique_object
7175Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7176will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7177name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7178systems).
3e7a7d11 7179
5671778d
NC
7180@end table
7181
7182Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7183
c1253627
NC
7184@end ifset
7185@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7186
7187@node Uleb128
7188@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7189
7190@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7191@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7192compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7193symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7194
7195@ifset COFF
7196@node Val
7197@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7198
7199@cindex @code{val} directive
7200@cindex COFF value attribute
7201@cindex value attribute, COFF
7202This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7203records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7204entry.
252b5132
RH
7205@end ifset
7206
2e13b764 7207@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7208@node Version
7209@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7210
c1253627 7211@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7212This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7213formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7214@end ifset
2e13b764 7215
c91d2e08
NC
7216@ifset ELF
7217@node VTableEntry
7218@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7219
653cfe85 7220@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7221This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7222@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7223
c91d2e08
NC
7224@node VTableInherit
7225@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7226
653cfe85 7227@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7228This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7229@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7230parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7231parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7232@end ifset
2e13b764 7233
d190d046
HPN
7234@node Warning
7235@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7236@cindex warning directive
7237Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7238(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7239
c91d2e08
NC
7240@node Weak
7241@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7242
c1253627 7243@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7244This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7245@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7246
01642c12 7247On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7248directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7249@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7250
977cdf5a 7251On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7252When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7253alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7254
06e77878
AO
7255@node Weakref
7256@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7257
7258@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7259This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7260be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7261If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7262will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7263symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7264
7265The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7266assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7267symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7268resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7269had the references to the alias removed.
7270
7271The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7272within the assembler.
7273
252b5132
RH
7274@node Word
7275@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7276
7277@cindex @code{word} directive
7278This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7279separated by commas.
7280@ifclear GENERIC
7281@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7282For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7283@end ifset
7284@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7285For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7286@end ifset
7287@end ifclear
7288@ifset GENERIC
7289
7290The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7291depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7292@end ifset
7293
a8eb42a8 7294@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7295@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7296@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7297@cindex difference tables altered
7298@cindex altered difference tables
7299@quotation
7300@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7301@end quotation
7302
7303@ifset GENERIC
7304Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7305addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7306interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7307@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7308
7309@end ifset
7310In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7311@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7312Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7313compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7314directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7315@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7316creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7317This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7318first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7319of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7320table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7321contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7322@code{sym2}.
7323
7324If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7325secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7326@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7327long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7328and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7329minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7330entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7331
7332@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7333@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7334@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7335assembly language programmers.
7336@end ifset
7337@end ifset
7338@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7339
7ce98c16
NC
7340@ifclear no-space-dir
7341@node Zero
7342@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7343
7344@cindex @code{zero} directive
7345@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7346This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7347expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7348so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7349instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7350@end ifclear
7351
2b841ec2
AM
7352@ifset ELF
7353@node 2byte
ea86f534 7354@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7355@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7356@cindex two-byte integer
7357@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7358
e406e428
NC
7359This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7360are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7361is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7362section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7363in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7364bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7365at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7366value at link time.
7367
7368This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7369values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7370different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7371
8b1e5da1 7372This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7373
7374@node 4byte
ea86f534 7375@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7376@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7377@cindex four-byte integer
7378@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7379
e406e428
NC
7380Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7381long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7382
7383@node 8byte
ea86f534 7384@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7385@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7386@cindex eight-byte integer
7387@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7388
e21126b7 7389Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7390byte long bignum values into the output.
7391
2b841ec2
AM
7392@end ifset
7393
252b5132
RH
7394@node Deprecated
7395@section Deprecated Directives
7396
7397@cindex deprecated directives
7398@cindex obsolescent directives
7399One day these directives won't work.
7400They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7401@table @t
7402@item .abort
7403@item .line
7404@end table
7405
3a99f02f
DJ
7406@ifset ELF
7407@node Object Attributes
7408@chapter Object Attributes
7409@cindex object attributes
7410
7411@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7412into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7413Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7414point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7415requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7416passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7417hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7418generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7419newer generation at run-time.
7420
7421This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7422@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7423time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7424correctly.
7425
7426Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7427attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7428string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7429and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7430or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7431attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7432
7433Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7434The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7435
7436@menu
7437* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7438* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7439@end menu
7440
7441@node GNU Object Attributes
7442@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7443
7444The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7445with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7446
7447Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7448its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7449an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74502} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7451architecture-dependent ones.
7452
7453@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7454
7455These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7456
7457@table @r
7458@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7459The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7460the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7461then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7462than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7463arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7464@end table
7465
7466@subsection MIPS Attributes
7467
7468@table @r
7469@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7470The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7471
7472@itemize @bullet
7473@item
74740 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7475@item
f179c512
MF
74761 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7477double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7478@item
74792 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7480@item
74813 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7482@item
f179c512
MF
74834 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7484floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7485number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7486@item
74875 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7488with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7489general-purpose registers.
7490@item
74916 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7492registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7493@item
74947 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7495registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7496direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7497@end itemize
7498@end table
7499
7500@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7501
7502@table @r
7503@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7504The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7505
7506@itemize @bullet
7507@item
75080 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7509@item
3c7b9897 75101 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7511@item
75122 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7513@item
75143 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7515@end itemize
7516
7517@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7518The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7519
7520@itemize @bullet
7521@item
75220 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7523@item
75241 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7525@item
75262 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7527@item
75283 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7529@end itemize
7530@end table
7531
643f7afb
AK
7532@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7533
7534@table @r
7535@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7536The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7537
7538@itemize @bullet
7539@item
75400 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7541@item
75421 for files using software vector ABI.
7543@item
75442 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7545@end itemize
7546@end table
7547
3a99f02f
DJ
7548@node Defining New Object Attributes
7549@section Defining New Object Attributes
7550
7551If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7552will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7553mailing list.
7554
7555@itemize @bullet
7556@item
7557This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7558@item
7559The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7560@item
7561The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7562and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7563@item
7564Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7565@item
7566@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7567@item
7568GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7569@end itemize
7570
7571@end ifset
7572
252b5132
RH
7573@ifset GENERIC
7574@node Machine Dependencies
7575@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7576
7577@cindex machine dependencies
7578The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7579each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7580vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7581directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7582assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7583@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7584optimization.
7585
7586This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7587include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7588subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7589
7590@menu
a06ea964
NC
7591@ifset AARCH64
7592* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7593@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7594@ifset ALPHA
7595* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7596@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7597@ifset ARC
7598* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7599@end ifset
7600@ifset ARM
7601* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7602@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7603@ifset AVR
7604* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7605@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7606@ifset Blackfin
7607* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7608@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7609@ifset CR16
7610* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7611@end ifset
8bf549a8 7612@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7613* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7615@ifset CSKY
7616* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7617@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7618@ifset D10V
7619* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
7621@ifset D30V
7622* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7624@ifset EPIPHANY
7625* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
252b5132 7627@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7628* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7629@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7630@ifset HPPA
7631* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
7633@ifset I80386
55b62671 7634* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7635@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7636@ifset IA64
7637* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7639@ifset IP2K
7640* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7642@ifset LM32
7643* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7644@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7645@ifset M32C
7646* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7648@ifset M32R
7649* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7651@ifset M680X0
7652* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7654@ifset M68HC11
7655* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
7b4ae824
JD
7657@ifset S12Z
7658* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7660@ifset METAG
7661* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7663@ifset MICROBLAZE
7664* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7665@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7666@ifset MIPS
7667* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7668@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7669@ifset MMIX
7670* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7672@ifset MSP430
7673* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7675@ifset NDS32
7676* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7678@ifset NIOSII
7679* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7681@ifset NS32K
7682* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7684@ifset OPENRISC
7685* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7686@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7687@ifset PDP11
7688* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7689@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7690@ifset PJ
7691* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7693@ifset PPC
7694* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7695@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7696@ifset PRU
7697* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7699@ifset RISCV
7700* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7701@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7702@ifset RL78
7703* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7704@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7705@ifset RX
7706* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7707@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7708@ifset S390
7709* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7710@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7711@ifset SCORE
7712* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7713@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7714@ifset SH
7715* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7716@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7717@ifset SPARC
7718* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7719@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7720@ifset TIC54X
7721* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7722@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7723@ifset TIC6X
7724* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7725@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7726@ifset TILEGX
7727* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7728@end ifset
7729@ifset TILEPRO
7730* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7731@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7732@ifset V850
7733* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7734@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7735@ifset VAX
7736* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7737@end ifset
7738@ifset VISIUM
7739* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7740@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7741@ifset WASM32
7742* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7743@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7744@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7745* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7746@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7747@ifset XSTORMY16
7748* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7749@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7750@ifset XTENSA
7751* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7752@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7753@ifset Z80
7754* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7755@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7756@ifset Z8000
7757* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7758@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7759@end menu
7760
7761@lowersections
7762@end ifset
7763
7764@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7765@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7766@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7767@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7768@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7769@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7770@c in both conditional blocks.
7771
a06ea964
NC
7772@ifset AARCH64
7773@include c-aarch64.texi
7774@end ifset
7775
625e1353
RH
7776@ifset ALPHA
7777@include c-alpha.texi
7778@end ifset
7779
7780@ifset ARC
7781@include c-arc.texi
7782@end ifset
7783
252b5132
RH
7784@ifset ARM
7785@include c-arm.texi
7786@end ifset
7787
8473f7a4
DC
7788@ifset AVR
7789@include c-avr.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
3b4e1885 7792@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7793@include c-bfin.texi
7794@end ifset
7795
3d3d428f
NC
7796@ifset CR16
7797@include c-cr16.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
328eb32e
HPN
7800@ifset CRIS
7801@include c-cris.texi
7802@end ifset
7803
b8891f8d
AJ
7804@ifset CSKY
7805@include c-csky.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
c2dcd04e 7808@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7809@ifclear GENERIC
7810@node Machine Dependencies
7811@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7812
c2dcd04e 7813The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7814and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7815chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7816family.
7817
7818@menu
c2dcd04e 7819* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7820* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7821@end menu
7822@lowersections
7823@end ifclear
7824@end ifset
7825
7826@ifset D10V
7827@include c-d10v.texi
7828@end ifset
7829
7830@ifset D30V
7831@include c-d30v.texi
7832@end ifset
7833
cfb8c092
NC
7834@ifset EPIPHANY
7835@include c-epiphany.texi
7836@end ifset
7837
252b5132
RH
7838@ifset H8/300
7839@include c-h8300.texi
7840@end ifset
7841
252b5132
RH
7842@ifset HPPA
7843@include c-hppa.texi
7844@end ifset
7845
7846@ifset I80386
7847@include c-i386.texi
7848@end ifset
7849
9e32ca89
NC
7850@ifset IA64
7851@include c-ia64.texi
7852@end ifset
7853
a40cbfa3
NC
7854@ifset IP2K
7855@include c-ip2k.texi
7856@end ifset
7857
84e94c90
NC
7858@ifset LM32
7859@include c-lm32.texi
7860@end ifset
7861
49f58d10
JB
7862@ifset M32C
7863@include c-m32c.texi
7864@end ifset
7865
ec694b89
NC
7866@ifset M32R
7867@include c-m32r.texi
7868@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7869
7870@ifset M680X0
7871@include c-m68k.texi
7872@end ifset
7873
60bcf0fa
NC
7874@ifset M68HC11
7875@include c-m68hc11.texi
7876@end ifset
7877
7b4ae824
JD
7878@ifset S12Z
7879@include c-s12z.texi
7880@end ifset
7881
a3c62988
NC
7882@ifset METAG
7883@include c-metag.texi
7884@end ifset
7885
01642c12 7886@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7887@include c-microblaze.texi
7888@end ifset
7889
252b5132
RH
7890@ifset MIPS
7891@include c-mips.texi
7892@end ifset
7893
3c3bdf30
NC
7894@ifset MMIX
7895@include c-mmix.texi
7896@end ifset
7897
2469cfa2
NC
7898@ifset MSP430
7899@include c-msp430.texi
7900@end ifset
7901
35c08157
KLC
7902@ifset NDS32
7903@include c-nds32.texi
7904@end ifset
7905
36591ba1
SL
7906@ifset NIOSII
7907@include c-nios2.texi
7908@end ifset
7909
252b5132
RH
7910@ifset NS32K
7911@include c-ns32k.texi
7912@end ifset
7913
1f041c6e
SH
7914@ifset OPENRISC
7915@include c-or1k.texi
7916@end ifset
7917
e135f41b
NC
7918@ifset PDP11
7919@include c-pdp11.texi
7920@end ifset
7921
041dd5a9
ILT
7922@ifset PJ
7923@include c-pj.texi
7924@end ifset
7925
418c1742
MG
7926@ifset PPC
7927@include c-ppc.texi
7928@end ifset
7929
93f11b16
DD
7930@ifset PRU
7931@include c-pru.texi
7932@end ifset
7933
4f7eddc4
PD
7934@ifset RISCV
7935@include c-riscv.texi
7936@end ifset
7937
b57e49f7
JW
7938@ifset RL78
7939@include c-rl78.texi
7940@end ifset
7941
046d31c2
NC
7942@ifset RX
7943@include c-rx.texi
7944@end ifset
7945
11c19e16
MS
7946@ifset S390
7947@include c-s390.texi
7948@end ifset
7949
c0157db4
NC
7950@ifset SCORE
7951@include c-score.texi
7952@end ifset
7953
252b5132
RH
7954@ifset SH
7955@include c-sh.texi
7956@end ifset
7957
7958@ifset SPARC
7959@include c-sparc.texi
7960@end ifset
7961
39bec121
TW
7962@ifset TIC54X
7963@include c-tic54x.texi
7964@end ifset
7965
40b36596
JM
7966@ifset TIC6X
7967@include c-tic6x.texi
7968@end ifset
7969
aa137e4d
NC
7970@ifset TILEGX
7971@include c-tilegx.texi
7972@end ifset
7973
7974@ifset TILEPRO
7975@include c-tilepro.texi
7976@end ifset
7977
b6605ddd
EB
7978@ifset V850
7979@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7980@end ifset
7981
7982@ifset VAX
7983@include c-vax.texi
7984@end ifset
7985
b6605ddd
EB
7986@ifset VISIUM
7987@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7988@end ifset
7989
f96bd6c2
PC
7990@ifset WASM32
7991@include c-wasm32.texi
7992@end ifset
7993
f6c1a2d5
NC
7994@ifset XGATE
7995@include c-xgate.texi
7996@end ifset
7997
6753e72f
NC
7998@ifset XSTORMY16
7999@include c-xstormy16.texi
8000@end ifset
8001
e0001a05
NC
8002@ifset XTENSA
8003@include c-xtensa.texi
8004@end ifset
8005
b6605ddd
EB
8006@ifset Z80
8007@include c-z80.texi
8008@end ifset
8009
8010@ifset Z8000
8011@include c-z8k.texi
8012@end ifset
8013
252b5132
RH
8014@ifset GENERIC
8015@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8016@raisesections
8017@end ifset
8018
8019@node Reporting Bugs
8020@chapter Reporting Bugs
8021@cindex bugs in assembler
8022@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8023
a4fb0134 8024Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8025
8026Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8027not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8028entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8029Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8030
8031In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8032information that enables us to fix the bug.
8033
8034@menu
8035* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8036* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8037@end menu
8038
8039@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8040@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8041@cindex bug criteria
8042
8043If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8044
8045@itemize @bullet
8046@cindex fatal signal
8047@cindex assembler crash
8048@cindex crash of assembler
8049@item
8050If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8051@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8052
8053@cindex error on valid input
8054@item
a4fb0134 8055If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8056
8057@cindex invalid input
8058@item
a4fb0134 8059If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8060is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8061be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8062
8063@item
8064If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8065of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8066@end itemize
8067
8068@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8069@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8070@cindex bug reports
8071@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8072
8073A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8074you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8075contact that organization first.
8076
8077You can find contact information for many support companies and
8078individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8079distribution.
8080
ad22bfe8 8081@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8082In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8083to @value{BUGURL}.
8084@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8085
8086The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8087@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8088fact or leave it out, state it!
8089
8090Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8091and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8092name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8093not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8094happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8095perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8096the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8097give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8098and the most helpful.
8099
8100Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8101it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8102that the bug has not been reported previously.
8103
8104Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8105bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8106respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8107You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8108
8109To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8110
8111@itemize @bullet
8112@item
a4fb0134 8113The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8114it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8115
8116Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8117the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8118
8119@item
a4fb0134 8120Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8121
8122@item
8123The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8124version number.
8125
8126@item
a4fb0134 8127What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8128``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8129
8130@item
8131The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8132observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8133all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8134
8135If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8136and then we might not encounter the bug.
8137
8138@item
8139A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8140the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8141high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8142when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8143the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8144file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8145@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8146
8147@item
8148A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8149incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8150
a4fb0134 8151Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8152will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8153notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8154make a mistake.
8155
8156Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8157explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8158@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8159library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8160would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8161would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8162expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8163observations.
8164
8165@item
a4fb0134 8166If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8167diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8168option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8169discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8170by line number.
8171
8172The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8173sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8174@end itemize
8175
8176Here are some things that are not necessary:
8177
8178@itemize @bullet
8179@item
8180A description of the envelope of the bug.
8181
8182Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8183which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8184changes will not affect it.
8185
8186This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8187will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8188with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8189We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8190
8191Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8192of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8193output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8194less time, and so on.
8195
8196However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8197report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8198
8199@item
8200A patch for the bug.
8201
8202A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8203the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8204a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8205to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8206
a4fb0134 8207Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8208construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8209the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8210one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8211
8212And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8213patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8214help us to understand.
8215
8216@item
8217A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8218
8219Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8220things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8221@end itemize
8222
8223@node Acknowledgements
8224@chapter Acknowledgements
8225
653cfe85 8226If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8227it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8228maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8229@c (October 2012),
8230the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8231
8232Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8233more details?}
8234
8235Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8236information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8237extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8238
8239K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8240many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8241up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8242testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8243including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8244and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8245support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8246port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8247file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8248assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8249
8250Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8251in format-specific I/O modules.
8252
8253The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8254has done much work with it since.
8255
8256The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8257
8258Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8259
8260The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8261University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8262
8263Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8264(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8265(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8266support a.out format.
8267
7be1c489
AM
8268Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8269tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8270Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8271use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8272targets.
8273
8274John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8275simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8276updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8277fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8278remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8279cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8280required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8281
8282Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
828368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8284added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8285PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8286
653cfe85 8287Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8288
8289Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8290
8291Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8292along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8293formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8294the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8295
8296Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8297Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8298Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8299Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8300and some initial 64-bit support).
8301
c1253627 8302Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8303
252b5132
RH
8304Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8305support for openVMS/Alpha.
8306
39bec121
TW
8307Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8308flavors.
8309
e0001a05 8310David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8311Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8312
252b5132
RH
8313Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8314configuration enhancements.
8315
84e94c90
NC
8316Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8317
252b5132
RH
8318Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8319you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8320want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8321intentionally leaving anyone out.
8322
793c5807
NC
8323@node GNU Free Documentation License
8324@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8325@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8326
370b66a1
CD
8327@node AS Index
8328@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8329
8330@printindex cp
8331
252b5132
RH
8332@bye
8333@c Local Variables:
8334@c fill-column: 79
8335@c End:
This page took 1.466959 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.